Keysight 53220A/53230A

350 MHz Universal

Frequency Counter/Timer

User’s Guide
Notices U.S. Government Rights Warranty
The Software is “commercial computer THE MATERIAL CONTAINED IN THIS
Copyright Notice software,” as defined by Federal Acqui- DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED “AS IS,”
sition Regulation (“FAR”) 2.101. Pursu- AND IS SUBJECT TO BEING
© Keysight Technologies 2011–2020 ant to FAR 12.212 and 27.405-3 and CHANGED, WITHOUT NOTICE, IN
No part of this manual may be repro- Department of Defense FAR Supple- FUTURE EDITIONS. FURTHER, TO THE
duced in any form or by any means ment (“DFARS”) 227.7202, the U.S. MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY
(including electronic storage and government acquires commercial com- APPLICABLE LAW, KEYSIGHT DIS-
retrieval or translation into a foreign puter software under the same terms CLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EITHER
language) without prior agreement and by which the software is customarily EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH REGARD
written consent from Keysight Technol- provided to the public. Accordingly, TO THIS MANUAL AND ANY INFORMA-
ogies as governed by United States and Keysight provides the Software to U.S. TION CONTAINED HEREIN, INCLUD-
international copyright laws. government customers under its stan- ING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE
dard commercial license, which is IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MER-
Trademarks embodied in its End User License CHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
Microsoft and Windows are U.S. Agreement (EULA), a copy of which can PARTICULAR PURPOSE. KEYSIGHT
registered trademarks of Microsoft be found at http://www.keysight.com/ SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ERRORS
Corporation. find/sweula. The license set forth in the OR FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSE-
EULA represents the exclusive authority QUENTIAL DAMAGES IN CONNECTION
Manual Part Number by which the U.S. government may use, WITH THE FURNISHING, USE, OR
modify, distribute, or disclose the Soft- PERFORMANCE OF THIS DOCUMENT
53220-90001 ware. The EULA and the license set OR OF ANY INFORMATION CON-
forth therein, does not require or per- TAINED HEREIN. SHOULD KEYSIGHT
Edition mit, among other things, that Keysight: AND THE USER HAVE A SEPARATE
Edition 3, April 30, 2020 (1) Furnish technical information WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH WAR-
related to commercial computer soft- RANTY TERMS COVERING THE MATE-
Printed in: ware or commercial computer software RIAL IN THIS DOCUMENT THAT
Printed in Malaysia documentation that is not customarily CONFLICT WITH THESE TERMS, THE
provided to the public; or (2) Relinquish WARRANTY TERMS IN THE SEPARATE
Published by: to, or otherwise provide, the govern- AGREEMENT SHALL CONTROL.
ment rights in excess of these rights
Keysight Technologies
customarily provided to the public to Safety Information
Bayan Lepas Free Industrial Zone,
use, modify, reproduce, release, per-
11900 Penang, Malaysia
form, display, or disclose commercial CAUTION
Technology Licenses computer software or commercial com-
puter software documentation. No A CAUTION notice denotes a hazard. It
The hardware and/or software additional government requirements calls attention to an operating proce-
described in this document are fur- beyond those set forth in the EULA dure, practice, or the like that, if not
nished under a license and may be shall apply, except to the extent that correctly performed or adhered to,
used or copied only in accordance with those terms, rights, or licenses are
the terms of such license. could result in damage to the product
explicitly required from all providers of or loss of important data. Do not pro-
commercial computer software pursu-
Declaration of Conformity ant to the FAR and the DFARS and are
ceed beyond a CAUTION notice until
Declarations of Conformity for this set forth specifically in writing else- the indicated conditions are fully
product and for other Keysight prod- where in the EULA. Keysight shall be understood and met.
ucts may be downloaded from the under no obligation to update, revise or
Web. Go to http://www.keysight.com/ otherwise modify the Software. With
go/conformity. You can then search by respect to any technical data as WARNING
product number to find the latest Dec- defined by FAR 2.101, pursuant to FAR
laration of Conformity. 12.211 and 27.404.2 and DFARS A WARNING notice denotes a hazard. It
227.7102, the U.S. government calls attention to an operating proce-
acquires no greater than Limited Rights dure, practice, or the like that, if not
as defined in FAR 27.401 or DFAR correctly performed or adhered to,
227.7103-5 (c), as applicable in any could result in personal injury or death.
technical data. Do not proceed beyond a WARNING
notice until the indicated conditions are
fully understood and met.

2 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

Software Updates/Licenses
Periodically, Keysight releases software updates to fix known defects and
incorporate product enhancements. To search for software updates and the latest
documentation for your product, go to the product page at:
www.keysight.com/find/53220A
www.keysight.com/find/53230A
A portion of the software in this product is licensed under terms of the General
Public License Version 2 (“GPLv2”). The text of the license and source code can be
found at:
www.keysight.com/find/GPLV2
This product utilizes Microsoft Windows CE. Keysight highly recommends that all
Windows-based computers connected to Windows CE instruments utilize current
anti-virus software. For more information, go to the product page at:
www.keysight.com/find/53220A
www.keysight.com/find/53230A

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 3

Assistance
This product comes with the standard product warranty. Warranty options,
extended support contacts, product maintenance agreements and customer
assistance agreements are also available. Contact your nearest Keysight
Technologies Sales and Service office for further information on Keysight
Technologies' full line of Support Programs.

Certification
Keysight Technologies certifies that this product met its published specifications
at time of shipment from the factory. Keysight Technologies further certifies that
its calibration measurements are traceable to the United States National Institute
of Standards and Technology, to the extent allowed by the Institute's calibration
facility, and to the calibration facilities of other International Standards
Organization members.

Exclusive Remedies
The remedies provided herein are the customer's sole and exclusive remedies.
Keysight Technologies shall not be liable for any direct, indirect, special,
incidental, or consequential damages, whether based on contract, tort, or any
other legal theory.

4 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

Lithium Battery Recycling
The 53220A/53230A counters contain a 3 V “coin cell” lithium battery. Keysight
recommends that this battery be replaced every year at the instrument’s 1-year
calibration interval. Replacement procedures are provided in the 53220A/53230A
Service Guide.
Option 300 provides battery operation of the 53220A/53230A using a 12 lithium
battery. Performance of this battery will degrade over time as a function of the
number of battery charge/discharge cycles.
Refer to local, state, or Federal regulations when disposing of, or recycling either
battery.

Safety Symbols
The following symbols on the instrument and in the documentation indicate
precautions which must be taken to maintain safe operation of the instrument.

Standby Power. Unit is not completely

disconnected from AC mains when Frame or chassis (ground) terminal
power switch is in standby position.
Caution, risk of danger (refer to this IEC Measurement Category I. Do NOT
manual for specific Warning or Caution CAT I connect inputs to AC mains or to
information) circuits derived from AC mains.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 5

Safety Information
The following general safety precautions must be observed during all phases of
operation of this instrument. Failure to comply with these precautions or with
specific warnings or operating instructions in the product manuals violates safety
standards of design, manufacture, and intended use of the instrument. Keysight
Technologies assumes no liability for the customer's failure to comply with these
requirements.

General
Do not use this product in any manner not specified by the manufacturer. The
protective features of this product may be impaired if it is used in a manner not
specified in the operation instructions.

Before applying power

Verify that all safety precautions are taken. Note the instrument's external
markings described under Safety Symbols.

Ground the instrument

The Keysight 53220A/53230A is provided with a grounding-type power plug. The
instrument chassis and cover must be connected to an electrical ground to
minimize shock hazard. The ground pin must be firmly connected to an electrical
ground (safety ground) terminal at the power outlet. Any interruption of the
protective (grounding) conductor or disconnection of the protective earth terminal
will cause a potential shock hazard that could result in personal injury.

Fuses
The Keysight 53220A/53230A is provided with an internal line fuse appropriate for
the line voltages listed on the instrument. This fuse is not user accessible.

Do not operate in an explosive atmosphere or Wet Environment

Do not operate the instrument in the presence of flammable gases or fumes,
vapor or wet environments.

6 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Do not operate near flammable liquids
Do not operate the instrument in the presence of flammable liquids or near
containers of such liquids.

Do not remove the instrument cover

Only qualified, service-trained personnel who are aware of the hazards involved
should remove instrument covers. Always disconnect the power cable and any
external circuits before removing the instrument cover.

Do not modify the instrument

Do not install substitute parts or perform any unauthorized modification to the
product. Return the product to a Keysight Sales and Service Office for service and
repair to ensure that safety features are maintained.

In case of damage
Instruments that appear damaged or defective should be made inoperative and
secured against unintended operation until they can be repaired by qualified
service personnel.

Cleaning the instrument

Clean the outside of the instrument with a soft, lint-free, slightly-dampened cloth.
Do not use detergents or chemical solvents.

Do not connect the input channels of the 53220A/53230A to AC line-voltage

WARNING mains or to circuits derived from AC mains. The instrument must be used in
CAT I (isolated from mains) applications only. Do not use in other IEC
Measurement Category (CAT II, CAT III, or CAT IV) applications. Failure to
observe these precautions may result in electric shock and serious
personal injury.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 7

 The BNC shells of the input terminals are connected to the instrument
WARNING chassis. Verify signal polarity before making any connections to the input
terminals.

Protection limits
The Keysight 53220A/53230A 350 MHz Universal Frequency Counter/Timer
provides protection circuitry to prevent damage to the instrument and to protect
against the danger of electric shock, provided the Protection Limits are not
exceeded and the instrument is properly grounded. To ensure safe operation of
the instrument, do not exceed the Protection Limits defined on the front panel:

Channel / Setup

1 Watt Max into 50W

During battery operation, the maximum measured signal supplied by the

WARNING user is +42 V.

Product Options 201/202 add parallel Channel 1 and Channel 2 inputs to the
WARNING rear panel of the instrument. Signals on the center conductor of either
panel’s channel BNCs are also present on the corresponding center
conductor of the BNC on the opposite panel.

8 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Installing the instrument
The Keysight 53220A/53230A operates in the following line-voltage ranges:
100 V to 240 V, 50 Hz to 60 Hz
100 V to 127 V, 440 Hz
90 VA Max
Instrument ventilation is through the sides and rear. Do not obstruct the
ventilation holes in any of these locations.

Battery operation
When operating the 53220A or 53230A under battery power (Option 300), failure
to observe the following warnings may result in damage to the instrument,
electric shock, and serious personal injury:

Connect the instrument chassis to earth ground during battery operation to

WARNING minimize shock hazard. Any interruption or disconnection of the protective
earth terminal will cause a potential shock hazard that could result in
personal injury.

Under battery power, the instrument chassis may float to the potential of the
WARNING measured signal supplied by the user.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 9

Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Directive
This instrument complies with the WEEE Directive marking requirement. This
affixed product label indicates that you must not discard this electrical or
electronic product in domestic household waste.

Product category:
With reference to the equipment types in the WEEE directive Annex 1, this
instrument is classified as a “Monitoring and Control Instrument” product.
The affixed product label is as shown below.

Do not dispose in domestic household waste.

To return this unwanted instrument, contact your nearest Keysight Service Center,
or visit http://about.keysight.com/en/companyinfo/environment/takeback.shtml
for more information.

Sales and Technical Support

To contact Keysight for sales and technical support, refer to the support links on
the following Keysight websites:
– www.keysight.com/find/53220A
www.keysight.com/find/53230A
(product-specific information and support, software and
documentation updates)
– www.keysight.com/find/assist
(worldwide contact information for repair and service)

10 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

Table of Contents

Software Updates/Licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Exclusive Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Lithium Battery Recycling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Safety Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Before applying power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Ground the instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Do not operate in an explosive atmosphere . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Do not operate near flammable liquids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Do not remove the instrument cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Do not modify the instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
In case of damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Cleaning the instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Protection limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Installing the instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Battery operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Directive . . . . . . .10
Product category: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Sales and Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

1 Preparation for Use

Front and Rear Panel Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Front panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Rear panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
About the Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
Materials included . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 11

 Operating and storage environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Electrical requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Applying Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Power-on LED status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Standby power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Battery operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Battery care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Using built-in help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Utility Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Display configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
User interaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Reference settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
How the User’s Guide is Organized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

2 53220A/53230A Software Installation and Interface Configuration

Software Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Using the Counter Web-Enabled Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Connecting the counter and viewing its home page . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Web interface overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Installing the Keysight IO Libraries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Installing instrument drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Adding instruments to the PC interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Configuring the LAN interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Configuring the USB interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Configuring the GPIB interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Using Interactive IO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Firmware and Driver Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Disabling calibration security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
SCPI language emulation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Downloading and installing the update utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Downloading the firmware update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Installing the firmware update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Downloading IVI-COM driver updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

12 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 3 53220A/53230A Measurements
Counter Measurement Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Reference Oscillator Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
Reference oscillator source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
Standby power to the reference oscillator (Option 010) . . . . . . . . .82
Setting the Measurement Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
Setting the Measurement Time Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
SCPI Syntax Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
The MEASure and CONFigure Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
Using MEASure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Using CONFigure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Frequency and Period Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
Frequency ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
Time stamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
Time Interval Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
Time interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
Rise time and fall time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
Pulse width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109
Duty cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Single-period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Totalizing Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Gated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Continuous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
Burst Pulse Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
Carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125
Pulse PRI and PRF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
Positive and negative widths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
4 53220A/53230A Input Signal Conditioning
Channel Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 13

 Signal Conditioning Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Input impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Input range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Input coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Bandwidth limiting (low-pass) filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Threshold level and sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Burst measurement detector threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Noise rejection (hysteresis) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Threshold slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Measuring Input Signal Levels and Signal Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

5 Triggering and Gating

Settings Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Trigger and gate time line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Trigger and Gate Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
System Trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Wait-for-trigger and triggered states . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Measurement Gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Gate set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Frequency measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Totalizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Time interval measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Enabling gate signals on the ‘gate in/out’ BNC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Burst carrier frequency measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Advanced gate control - gate start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Advanced gate control - gate stop hold off and gate stop . . . . . . 195
Automatic gate extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

6 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and

Data Logging
Math Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Enabling the CALCulate1 subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Smoothing data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Scaling functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

14 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Limit checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219
Histograms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222
Viewing histograms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223
Histogram configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
Trend Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234
Viewing trend charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235
Data Logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241
Graphics Functions and Reading Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246

7 Formats and Data Flow

Reading Formats and Data Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248
Specifying a format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249
Setting the block transfer byte order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249
Data flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250
Counter File System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257
Creating folders and files in flash memory and on the USB drive .258
User-defined power-on states . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267
Managing folders and files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270

8 Instrument Status
Keysight 53220A/53230A Status System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .279
Questionable Data Register Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .279
Standard Operation Register Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280
Standard Event Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281
Status Byte Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282

A 53220A/53230A
Error Messages

Index

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 15

 THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

16 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

List of Figures

Figure 1-1 The 53220A/53230A Universal Frequency Counter/

Timer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
Figure 1-2 The 53220A/53230A display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Figure 1-3 53220A/53230A user’s guide organization. . . . . . . . .46
Figure 2-1 The 53230A web-enabled interface ‘Welcome Page’. 51
Figure 2-2 The Web UI SCPI command interface. . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Figure 2-3 Starting Keysight Connection Expert. . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
Figure 2-4 Keysight Connection Expert interface window. . . . . . .59
Figure 2-5 Adding a sockets connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
Figure 2-6 Setting a VISA alias for the USB address string. . . . . .64
Figure 2-7 Selecting the GPIB address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
Figure 2-8 Starting Interactive IO for a selected interface. . . . . . .68
Figure 2-9 Selecting the update file path. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Figure 2-10 Specifying the address or host name. . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
Figure 3-1 53230A continuous, gap-free measurement
sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
Figure 3-2 Standard frequency measurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
Figure 3-3 Ratio of two input signal measurements. . . . . . . . . . .95
Figure 3-4 Standard period measurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
Figure 3-5 Time stamp events on the counter channel. . . . . . . . .99
Figure 3-6 2-channel time interval measurement. . . . . . . . . . . .103
Figure 3-7 Single channel time interval measurement. . . . . . . .105
Figure 3-8 Rise time and fall time measurements. . . . . . . . . . . .106
Figure 3-9 Positive and negative pulse width measurements. . .109
Figure 3-10 Positive and negative duty cycle measurements. . . .112
Figure 3-11 Phase measurement between two channels. . . . . . .115
Figure 3-12 Gated and continuous totalizing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120
Figure 3-13 53230A microwave pulse measurements. . . . . . . . . .125
Figure 4-1 53220A/53230A input signal conditioning. . . . . . . . .133
Figure 4-2 Using AC coupling to reach trigger points. . . . . . . . .138
Figure 4-3 Measurable frequency range with bandwidth filter
enabled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
Figure 4-4 Input signal threshold level and sensitivity. . . . . . . . .141
Figure 4-5 Input coupling and relative threshold levels. . . . . . .145

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 17

 Figure 4-6 -6 dB and /-12 dB detector thresholds. . . . . . . . . . . 148
Figure 5-1 Triggering and gating time line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Figure 5-2 Trigger and gate cycle - triggering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Figure 5-2 Trigger and gate cycle - gating (cont’d) . . . . . . . . . . 159
Figure 5-3 System trigger sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Figure 5-4 The counter ‘wait-for-trigger’ state. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Figure 5-5 Gate source sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Figure 5-6 Burst carrier frequency (-6 dB threshold). . . . . . . . . 184
Figure 5-7 Carrier frequency measurement gate control. . . . . . 186
Figure 5-8 Gate start sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Figure 5-9 Gate stop hold off and gate stop sequence. . . . . . . . 195
Figure 6-1 Enabling the math operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Figure 6-2 53220A/53230A display with scaling functions
enabled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Figure 6-3 Counter display with limit testing and statistics
enabled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Figure 6-4 53220A/53230A limit checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Figure 6-5 53220A/53230A histogram structure. . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Figure 6-6 Histogram display format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Figure 6-7 15-bin (point) histogram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Figure 6-8 Trend chart display format (without decimation). . . . 234
Figure 6-9 Trend chart configuration and control. . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Figure 6-10 Trend chart display format (with decimation). . . . . . 239
Figure 6-11 Starting the Counter Data Logger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Figure 6-12 Trend chart display during data logging. . . . . . . . . . 245
Figure 6-13 Reading memory and resetting/clearing graphics. . 246
Figure 7-1 Data flow within the 53220A/53230A counter. . . . . 250
Figure 7-2 Folders and files within internal memory and USB
storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Figure 8-1 The 53220A/53230A status system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

18 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

List of Tables

Table 1-1 53220A/53230A product options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26

Table 1-2 Power-on LED status and color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Table 2-1 53220A/53230A development environments and
drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Table 2-2 Keysight IO Libraries Suite system requirements. . . . .55
Table 3-1 Keysight 53220A/53230A Measurement Summary . .76
Table 3-2 Counter configuration using CONFigure and
MEASure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
Table 4-1 Input channel reset/preset settings summary . . . . .134
Table 5-1 Trigger and gate settings summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . .156
Table 5-2 Resolution and gate time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171
Table 7-1 Counter data formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248
Table 7-2 Commands affecting data flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251
Table A-1 53220A/53230A error message descriptions. . . . . . .286

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 19

 THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

20 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Keysight 53220A/53230A 350 MHz Universal Frequency Counter/
Timer
User’s Guide

1 Preparation for Use

Front and Rear Panel Overview 23
About the Instrument 26
Applying Power 29
Utility Functions 35
How the User’s Guide is Organized 45

Welcome. This user’s guide contains configuration and operating information for
the Keysight 53220A/53230A 350 MHz Universal Frequency Counter/Timer.
The 53220A/53230A is a 2U, 1/2-module width LXI Class C instrument. The 2U,
1/2-module width references refer to the 53220A/53230A’s physical size relative
to standard EIA rack cabinet dimensions. LXI, an acronym for LAN eXtensions for
Instrumentation, is an instrumentation standard for devices that use the Ethernet
(LAN) as their primary remote communications interface.

21
1 Preparation for Use

Ch 1 Opt 201 Ch 2 (53220A/53230A Only)

GP-IB

N10149
Ext Ref In Gate In/Out Opt 010 UOCXO
Opt 106/115
Opt 300 Battery
Opt 150 sw
IECS / NMB-001

(53230A Only)

Line
100-240V, 50-60 Hz
100-127V, 400 Hz
Int Ref Out Trig In USB LAN 90VA Max Intertek
ISM 1-A

C D

Figure 1-1 The 53220A/53230A Universal Frequency Counter/Timer.

22 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Preparation for Use 1

Front and Rear Panel Overview

Figure 1-1 shows the front and rear panels of the Keysight 53230A 350 MHz
Universal Frequency Counter/Timer. The 53220A and the 53230A are
dimensionally identical and available with the same product options - with the
exception of Pulse Measurement Firmware Option 150 available with the 53230A
only.

Front panel
The shaded areas of the front panel represent keys that perform similar functions.
These areas are briefly described below.
A. Measure keys - display soft key menus from which the measurement function
is selected. Auto Scale senses the input signal (greater than 100 Hz) on input
channel 1, 2, or 3 and automatically sets the range and input threshold required to
make the selected measurement. Counter measurements are covered in
Chapter 3.
B. View keys - select how measurement data is displayed on the front panel.
Display configuration is covered later in this chapter. Graphics, math, and data
logging are covered in Chapter 6.
C. System keys - provide instrument-wide configuration which includes setting
the counter preset state and access to utility functions and to the counter’s
built-in help system. For measurement configuration involving numeric entry,
Shift changes the key definitions to the numbers at the lower left of the keys.
D. Channel keys - select the input channel and displays the soft key menu used to
configure the input signal path. Note that Figure 1-1 includes Channel 3 Option
106/115. Signal path configuration is covered in Chapter 4.
E. Gate and Trigger keys - select the gating and triggering soft key menus used
to control the measurement. Gating and triggering are covered in Chapter 5.
F. Soft keys - are the menus from which the counter is configured. The menus and
soft keys themselves are defined by the “functional” keys described above.
G. Power/Stand by button - switches the instrument between ‘on’ and ‘off’, or
between ‘on’ and ‘standby’.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 23

1 Preparation for Use

Standby power (when enabled) is provided by the line voltage or Battery Option
300 and is used to maintain the temperature of the oven-controlled crystal
oscillator (OCXO) - Option 010. See “Applying Power” in this chapter for more
information.
H. USB ‘Host’ Port - available for transferring measurement data and instrument
configurations between the counter and a USB storage device. The front panel
port is for information transfer only. The rear panel USB port is used for
instrument (I/O) control. Data flow is covered in Chapter 7.

Rear panel
The 53230A rear panel shown in Figure 1-1 includes product Option 201 (parallel
rear panel inputs) and GPIB interface Option 400. The rear panel terminals are
briefly described below.
A. Parallel Rear Panel Inputs - product Options 201 and 202 add parallel inputs
on the rear panel. Note that these ARE NOT separate inputs. Signals on the center
conductor of either panel’s channel BNCs are ALSO present on the opposite
panel’s center conductor. Signal path configuration is covered in Chapter 4.
B. Ext Ref In - is the connector for providing an external reference oscillator
signal. Valid external refererence oscillator (time base) frequencies are 1, 5, and
10 MHz.
Int Ref Out - is the connector for accessing the counter’s internal 10 MHz
reference oscillator. The oscillator signal is a 0.5 Vrms (into 50 Ω) sine wave.
Reference oscillator usage and configuration are covered in Chapter 3.
C. Gate In/Out - is an input for external gate signals, and an output for routing the
counter’s internal gate to other devices. Additional information on this connector
is covered in the section “Enabling Gate Signals on the ‘Gate in/Out’ BNC” in
Chapter 5.
Trig In - is the connector for supplying an external trigger signal to the counter.
Triggering is covered in Chapter 5.
D. USB and LAN - are the standard input/output (I/O) ports. Configuration of
these ports and the GPIB interface is covered in Chapter 2.

24 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Preparation for Use 1

Display
The layout of the 53220A/53230A display is shown in Figure 1-2.

Input Settings Status Indicators

: measurement start edge RMT: remote (LAN, USB, GPIB) operation
10% : trigger threshold ExtRef: external frequency reference
AC : input coupling (ac or dc)
1MW : input Impedance (1MW, 50W) ExtRef : invalid external reference
5V : input Range (5V, 50V, 500V)
Probe : probe enabled ExtTrig: external trigger source
BW : bandwidth filter enabled
Ch. 1 Ch. 2
Battery status:
charge level
Channel Configuration black – user disabled
red – software disabled

Channel and Function Gate

Main Measurement
Main Measurement Display

Secondary Measurements
Data Entry Area

Soft Keys Softkey Navigation

Figure 1-2 The 53220A/53230A display.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 25

1 Preparation for Use

About the Instrument

This section lists the accessories shipped with the 53220A/53230A and contains
information on its specified operating and storage environments and electrical
requirements.

Materials included
The following accessories are shipped standard with the 53220A/53230A counter:
1 Power cord
2 USB cable
3 Keysight I/O Libraries Suite CD-ROM
4 Keysight 53210A/53220A/53230A Product Reference CD-ROM
Additionally, your instrument may have shipped with one or more of the following
options installed.

Table 1-1 53220A/53230A product options

Opt. 010: Ultra High-Stability OCXO Timebase
Opt. 106: 6 GHz Microwave Input (Ch. 3)
Opt. 115: 15 GHz Microwave Input (Ch. 3)
Opt. 201: Add parallel Channel 1 and Channel 2 inputs on rear panel
53220A
Opt. 202: Install Option 106/115 on front panel
Opt. 203: Install Option 106/115 on rear panel
Opt. 300: Internal Lithium Ion Smart Battery and Charger
Opt. 400: GPIB Interface
Opt. 010: Ultra High-Stability OCXO Timebase
Opt. 106: 6 GHz Microwave Input (Ch. 3)
Opt. 115: 15 GHz Microwave Input (Ch. 3)
Opt. 150: Pulse Microwave Measurements (53230A only)
3230A Opt. 201: Add parallel Channel 1 and Channel 2 inputs on rear panel
Opt. 202: Install Option 106/115 on front panel
Opt. 203: Install Option 106/115 on rear panel
Opt. 300: Internal Lithium Ion Smart Battery and Charger
Opt. 400: GPIB Interface

26 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Preparation for Use 1

Each of the product options listed in Table 1-1 is available after the original
NOTE purchase of the instrument. Refer to the 53210A/53220A/53230A Service Guide
(p/n 53220-90010) for installation instructions for each of these options.

No manuals?
There are three printed manuals available with the 53220A/53230A:
– Keysight 53220A/53230A Quick Start Tutorial (p/n 53220-90005)
– Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide (p/n 53220-90001)
– Keysight 53210A/53220A/53230A Service Guide (p/n 53220-90010)
53220A/53230A Option 0B0 (delete printed manuals) is the default product
documentation option. If Option 0B0 was ordered, only the Quick Start Tutorial
and 53210A/53220A/53230A Product Reference CD-ROM are shipped with the
instrument. All manuals are available on the CD. To obtain printed manuals from
Keysight, contact your Keysight representative.

The 53220A and 53230A

Except where noted, the information contained in this user’s guide applies to both
the 53220A and 53230A.

Operating and storage environments

When operating the 53220A/53230A counter, note the following environmental
specifications:

Environment: EN61010, Pollution Degree 2; Indoor Locations

Temperature: 0 °C to +55 °C
Humid ity: 5% to 80% RH (non-condensing)
Altitude: up to 3000 meters, or 10,000 feet

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 27

1 Preparation for Use

When storing the 53220A/53230A counter, note the following storage

specification:

Temperature: -30 °C to +70 °C

Use care when moving the counter from cold to warm conditions as condensation
may develop. Ensure that any condensation has evaporated and that the counter
has thermally stabilized before turning on the instrument.

Electrical requirements
The electrical (power) requirements of the 53220A/53230A are summarized
below.

Power supply: CAT I (do not connect to AC mains)

100 to 240 V @ 50/60 Hz (-5% to +10%)
100 to 120 V @ 400 Hz (+ 10%)

Power consumption: 90 VA max when power is on or battery option is charging.

6 VA max during power off or standby

Line voltage and frequency are sensed at power on and no input power
adjustments (e.g. fuse changes, line voltage selection) are required.

For additional information, refer to the Safety Information pages at the

NOTE beginning of this guide. For a complete list of 53220A/53230A product
specifications, refer to the data sheet included on the 53210A/53220A/53230A
Product Reference CD (p/n 53220-13601), or on the Web at:
www.keysight.com/find/53220A
www.keysight.com/find/53230A

28 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Preparation for Use 1

Applying Power
Connect the power cord and press the “on/standby” button on the front panel
( ). During the power-on sequence the counter performs an auto-calibration
and self-test which includes:

– power supply verification

– FPGA test
– front panel verification
– measurement board verification
– channel 3 test (if present)
– Option 300 battery test (300 if present)

If the 53220A/53230A does not turn on when the on/standby button is pressed,
NOTE verify AC power is available to the instrument and that the power cord is
securely connected. If the instrument still does not turn on, the cooling fan is not
audible, or if the front panel display is off when power is applied, return the unit
to Keysight for repair.

Power-on LED status

The led located under the on/standby button is an indication of the on/off/
standby condition of the instrument. The different conditions are summarized in
the table below. The ‘off’ status is determined by the presence of OXCO Option
010.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 29

1 Preparation for Use

Table 1-2 Power-on LED status and color

Instrument ’Off’
OCXO w/ Standby OCXO w/ Stand by
Power Source Instrument ‘On’ No OCXO
enabled d isabled
AC Line green amber off off
Opt. 300 Battery
green amber (blinking) off off
(enabled)
Opt. 300 Battery
off off off off
(disabled)

Standby power
The power modes of the 53220A/53230A counter are ‘on’ ‘off’, and ‘standby’. In
standby mode with the instrument connected to line voltage, standby power is
supplied to maintain the temperature within the ultra high-stability oven
controlled crystal oscillator (Option 010).
Battery Option 300 itself supplies standby power for the OCXO when the 53220A/
53230A is not connected to line voltage.
Refer to Chapter 3, "Standby power to the reference oscillator (Option 010)" for
information on enabling/disabling standby power.

Cycling power and counter accuracy

With standby power enabled, repeated power cycling (line or battery) does not
affect the standard or ultra-high stability OCXO.

30 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Preparation for Use 1

Battery operation

During battery operation, the maximum measured signal supplied by the

WARNING user is ±42 V.

Also, connect the instrument chassis to earth ground during battery

operation to minimize shock hazard. Any interruption or disconnection of the
protective earth terminal will cause a potential shock hazard that could
result in personal injury.

Under battery power, the instrument chassis may float to the potential of the
measured signal supplied by the user.

With Battery Option 300 installed and enabled, the 53220A/53230A counter can
be operated using battery power for up to three hours.
Removing AC power when the battery is enabled switches the counter to battery
power automatically with no interruption of operation. Similarly, there is no
interruption in the transition back to line power, provided line power is
connected before the battery is d isabled.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 31

1 Preparation for Use

Enabling and disabling the battery

When using the instrument with the Battery Option 300 for the first time after
purchase, or if the instrument has not been used for an extended period, the
battery must be charged before use. With line power connected and the
instrument either on or off, allow four hours for the battery to reach full charge.
Battery Option 300 is d isabled when the instrument is shipped from the factory.
Battery control (enable/disable) is provided by the front panel keys shown on the
previous page or using the command:
SYSTem:BATTery:ENABle {OFF|ON}
SYSTem:BATTery:ENABle?  (query form)
- ON enables the battery. Off disables the battery. The battery state is stored in
non-volatile memory and does not change when power is cycled or following a
reset (*RST) or instrument preset (SYSTem:PREset or Preset key).
The battery should remain enabled while the counter is using AC power. The
battery should only be d isabled if the instrument is stored and unused for an
extended period. This will minimize battery drain.

Reading the battery level Pressing the Battery Level soft key or sending the
command:
SYSTem:BATTery:LEVel?
reads the battery charge (in percent) relative to a fully charged (100%) battery.

Battery in use The presence and status (enabled or disabled) of the battery is
indicated by a battery icon in the upper-right corner of the display (Figure 1-2).
Remotely, the instrument can be queried as to whether it is currently using AC
power or battery power with the command:
SYSTem:BATTery:STATus?
The command returns AC if the instrument is using line power, or BATT if using the
internal battery.

32 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Preparation for Use 1

The following table summarizes battery operation:

Operating time (typ): 3 hours (below +35 °C)

Standby time (typ): 24 hours (below +35 °C, OCXO powered)
Recharge time (typ): 4 hours to 100% capacity or 2 hours to 90% capacity
Temperature range: 0 °C to +55 °C (operating) - battery charges below +35 °C -10 °C to
+60 °C (storage)

If battery operation is in use above the maximum specified operating

NOTE temperature, the battery will shut down the instrument to preserve its use. AC
power must be applied to recover from a shut down caused by this condition.

For a complete list of battery and all 53220A/53230A product specifications,

NOTE refer to the data sheet included on the 53210A/53220A/53230A Product
Reference CD (p/n 53220-13601), or on the Web at:
www.keysight.com/find/53220A
www.keysight.com/find/53230A

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 33

1 Preparation for Use

Battery care
When the battery is enabled and the instrument is not connected to AC power,
the battery discharges at 30% of full capacity per day. When the battery is
d isabled and AC power is not connected, the battery discharges at 10% of full
capacity per month.
When storing the instrument without AC power applied, do not allow the battery
to discharge below 10%. The following equation can be used to determine
instrument storage time without AC power - and still enable the instrument to be
fully recharged:
months battery disabled * 10% + days battery enabled * 30% = 90%
A fully discharged battery may need to be replaced if it has not been recharged for
six to 18 months.

Using built-in help

Instrument help is available by pressing and holding any front panel key or
softkey. Pressing the Help key enables you to select additional help topics
including front panel measurement examples.

34 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Preparation for Use 1

Utility Functions
Utility functions enable you to configure features of the instrument indirectly
related to measurement selection and configuration. These functions include:
– d isplay configuration - display control and numeric data formatting
– user interaction - localized language selection, audible indicators
– reference settings - time/date, measurement time out, time base,
auto-leveling, 53100 series emulation, NISPOM security

Display configuration
Measurements can be displayed in numerical or graphical form using the
following keys.

With AutoDigits On, the number of digits displayed is automatically set based on
gate time, measurement mode (AUTO, CONTinuous, RECiprocal - Chapter 3),
and resolution enhancement. When Off, the number of digits is set with the rotary
knob or [Shift]ed numeric keys. See Chapter 5, "Resolution and gate time" for
more information when AutoDigits On is set.
When Graph is selected, the data is displayed in a trend chart or histogram. Trend
charts and histograms are covered in Chapter 6.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 35

1 Preparation for Use

Numeric Format
The format (radix, decimal group separator) of numeric data that appears in the
main measurement display (Figure 1-2) is set using the following keys.

The format also applies to numeric readings within trend charts, histograms, limit
testing, etc.

Radix The decimal separator (radix point) between the integer and fractional
parts of the reading can be a decimal point (.) or comma (,).

36 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Preparation for Use 1

Digit group separator A digit group separator between every three digits on
either side of the decimal separator (radix) allows easier viewing of the displayed
reading. The separator can be one of the following:
None - there is no space between digits (e.g. 10.967342515 MHz)
Space - a space is inserted between every three digits
(e.g. 10.967 342 515 MHz)
On - a comma (,) or decimal point (.) is inserted between every three digits
depending on the decimal separator (radix) selected:
decimal point radix: 10.967,342,515 MHz
comma radix: 10,967.342.515 MHz

Screen control
Screen control is available through the keys shown below.
The display screen can be turned off to increase reading throughput and its screen
saver mode can be used to conserve power. Screen brightness can be adjusted
for optimal viewing in different environments.

Note that pressing any key with the display turned off, turns the display back on.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 37

1 Preparation for Use

Screen capture
For documentation of product testing or as a convenience in gathering data, the
contents of the counter display can be captured and saved.
The keys related to this feature are shown below.

The content captured is the display state at the time the [Utility] key is pressed.
The file format is selectable as either bmp ( bitmap file format) or png (portable
network graphics (bitmap) format). Files may be store in internal flash memory or
to an external USB device.
See Chapter 7 for information on selecting paths and creating file names.

38 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Preparation for Use 1

User interaction
The features described in this section are related to the user’s physical interaction
with the instrument.

Selecting the instrument ‘Help’ language

Programming messages, context-sensitive help, and other help topics are

viewable in six languages. The selected language remains “active” until changed
using the key sequence shown.
Note that menu soft key labels appear only in English.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 39

1 Preparation for Use

Beeper Setting

The counter’s Beeper is an indication of a programming error generated from the

front panel or over the remote interface. Turning off the beeper disables the audio
indication.
Note that the beeper setting does not apply to the tone heard when front panel
keys are pressed.

Reference settings
Reference settings are counter settings that apply to all counter measurements.

Date and time

40 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Preparation for Use 1

The date and time settings for the counter’s real-time clock are set using the
commands:
SYSTem:DATE <year>,<month>,<day>
SYSTem:DATE?    (query form)
SYSTem:TIME <hour>,<minute>,<second>
SYSTem:TIME?  (query form)
The date and time range values are:
year: 2000‐2099  hour: 0‐23
month: 1‐12  minute: 0‐59
day: 1‐31  second: 0‐59.999
The real-time clock is battery-backed and retains the date and time when power
is off. There is no automatic setting of, or automatic return to the current date and
time.

Measurement time out

The measurement time-out is the time allowed for each measurement to
complete. If a measurement does not complete before the time out expires,
9.91E37 (not a number) is returned and the display indication is: - - - - - - -. The
sequence continues with the next reading in the sample count.
Specifying a time out prevents the instrument from pausing indefinitely if for some
reason a measurement is unable to complete.
The default and factory-set time out is 1 second. Refer to Setting the
Measurement Time Out in Chapter 3 for more information.

Time base
53220A and 53230A measurements are based on a reference oscillator - also
referred to as an internal/external clock or time base. A valid reference oscillator
signal must be present for measurements to occur.
Refer to Reference Oscillator Configuration in Chapter 3 for detailed information
on selecting and configuring the reference oscillator source.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 41

1 Preparation for Use

Auto level
The threshold level is the trigger (input) level at which the counter begins the
measurement. Auto-level is the automatic setting of this threshold based on the
positive and negative peaks of the input signal.
The minimum frequency at which auto-leveling can occur is set as shown.

Slow sets the minimum frequency for auto-leveling at 50 Hz.

Fast sets the minimum frequency for auto-leveling at 10 kHz.
Refer to Threshold level and sensitivity in Chapter 4 for additional information on
using auto-level.

42 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Preparation for Use 1

Keysight 53100 series counter emulation mode

The 53220A/53230A’s emulation mode enables the Keysight 53132A SCPI

command set to be used with the counter.
The emulation mode can also be enabled using the command:
SYSTem:LANGuage "<language>"
SYSTem:LANGuage?  (query form)
‐ language selects the SCPI command set used. Specifying 53132A enables the
emulation mode. Specifying either 53220A or 53230A disables the mode.
With 53100-series compatibility mode selected, all programming is through the
counter's remote interface (LAN, USB, GPIB). The counter display responds
according to the remote commands received.
Pressing any front panel key while in 53100 compatibility mode returns the
counter to 53200 series mode as prompted. Setting or changing to either mode
requires the instrument to be restarted. When updating the instrument firmware
“53220A or 53230A mode” must be set.
Documentation of the 53132A command set is not provided with the (53220A/
53230A) instrument. Use of the older SCPI command set is discouraged for new
use, but is available for customers who require it.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 43

1 Preparation for Use

Securing the instrument

The 53220A/53230A counter can be secured to the National Industrial Security
Program Operating Manual (NISPOM) standard as shown below.

44 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Preparation for Use 1

How the User’s Guide is Organized

This user’s guide is written for the operator using the instrument from the front
panel, and for the programmer controlling the counter from a remote (LAN, USB,
GPIB) interface. As such, most topics include a front panel key sequence followed
by the corresponding SCPI commands. For example:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The input impedance of the 53220A/53230A counter can be set to either 50 Ω or

1 MΩ using the command:
INPut[{1|2}]:IMPedance {<impedance>|MINimum|MAXimum| DEFault} 
INPut[{1|2}]:IMPedance? [{MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}] 
   (query form)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The description of operation which follows typically applies to both front panel
and remote usage.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 45

1 Preparation for Use

For general reference, the information in this manual is organized as shown in

Figure 1-3.

Signal Conditioning Triggering / Gating

Chapter 4 Chapter 5

Measurements
Chapter 3 Math and Graphs
Chapter 6

Status Conditions Formats / Data Flow

Chapter 8 Chapter 7

Figure 1-3 53220A/53230A user’s guide organization.

46 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Keysight 53220A/53230A 350 MHz Universal Frequency Counter/
Timer
User’s Guide

2 53220A/53230A Software
Installation and Interface
Configuration
Software Requirements 48
Using the Counter Web-Enabled Interface 49
Installing the Keysight IO Libraries 54
Firmware and Driver Updates 69

This chapter contains information on IO libraries, drivers, and interfaces used to

program the 53220A/53230A from selected development environments. The
chapter includes an introduction to using the counter’s web-enabled interface
and provides information on updating the instrument firmware.

47
2 53220A/53230A Software Installation and Interface Configuration

Software Requirements
The environments available to program the 53220A/53230A are dependent upon
the IO libraries and drivers installed. The IO software included with the 53220A/
53230A is contained on the following CD:
– Keysight Automation-Ready CD: Keysight IO Libraries Suite
The IVI-C and IVI-COM drivers for the instrument can be found on the web at:
www.keysight.com/find/53220A or www.keysight.com/find/53230A
Table 2-1 summarizes the environments, IO driver recommendations, and the
location (media) where specific drivers and libraries can be found.

Table 2-1 53220A/53230A development environments and drivers

Interface Development Environment IO Driver Recommendations
Web-enabled instrument interface Java™ -enabled Web browser
LAN
> SCPI Command Interface window (available from www.java.com)
Keysight Connection Expert
LAN, GPIB, USB Keysight IO Libraries CD*
> Interactive IO window
Microsoft® Visual Studio® VISA - Keysight IO Libraries CD*
LAN, GPIB, USB
> Visual C++ IVI-C - Web
Microsoft® Visual Studio® VISA-COM - Keysight IO Libraries*
LAN, GPIB, USB
> Visual Basic IVI-COM -Web
Microsoft® Visual Studio® .NET
LAN, GPIB, USB IVI-COM - Web
> C#, C++, Visual Basic
LAN, GPIB, USB Keysight VEE IVI-COM -Web
53220A/53230A native mode driver
LAN, GPIB, USB National Instruments LabVIEW™
IVI-C - Web
LAN, GPIB, USB National Instruments LabWindows/CVI IVI-C - Web
* Visit www.keysight.com for the latest version of the Keysight IO Libraries Suite.

48 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Software Installation and Interface Configuration 2

Using the Counter Web-Enabled Interface

Operating the 53220A/53230A counter from its Web interface requires a
Java™-enabled Web browser but no add itional (i.e. user-installed) libraries or
drivers. The Web interface provides access to the counter’s SCPI command set.

This section describes the Web pages and windows primarily used to program
NOTE the 53220A/53230A. Refer to “Help with this Page” associated with each Web
page for additional information on functions or pages not covered in this
manual.

Connecting the counter and viewing its home page

Connect the counter d irectly to the PC or to the PC through a network switch
using a standard LAN cable.

Obtaining the IP address

Turn on the counter and open the Web browser. Allow a few moments for the
counter’s IP address to be assigned (either through DHCP or AUTO IP). The IP
address can be read from the counter front panel as shown.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 49

2 53220A/53230A Software Installation and Interface Configuration

Enter the IP address in the browser’s address window. With “Advanced

information...” selected, the counter’s Web home page should appear as shown in
Figure 2-1.

Browser configuration
In some network configurations a proxy server may prevent access to the
instrument (i.e. “page cannot be displayed”) after the IP address is entered. In this
situation, the proxy must be configured from the browser such that the proxy is
not used for (IP) addresses within the range of those that can be assigned to the
53220A/53230A.

50 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Software Installation and Interface Configuration 2

Figure 2-1 The 53230A web-enabled interface ‘Welcome Page’.

For ease in (Internet) browser navigation when controlling multiple instruments,

NOTE open a separate browser session for each Web-enabled instrument.

Although no additional libraries or drivers are required to use the Web interface,
NOTE the interface is also accessible from Keysight Connection Expert (KCE). See
“Opening the Web interface from Keysight Connection Expert” for more
information.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 51

2 53220A/53230A Software Installation and Interface Configuration

Web interface overview

The following information is an introduction to the counter’s Web interface.
The counter welcome page (Figure 2-1) displays IO information, can be used to
identify a connected instrument, and contains menu tabs for accessing additional
counter functionality.
To easily identify the counter among other instruments using its Web interface
home page, clicking on:

Turn On Front Panel Identification Ind icator

changes the counter display to “LXI Web Identify” until the indicator is turned off
by clicking on:

Turn Off Front Panel Identification Ind icator

Programming the counter

Selecting the ‘Remote Control’ icon (second from top) on the welcome page opens
the Interactive IO window shown in Figure 2-2. From this window, SCPI
commands can be sent to the instrument.

Web interface pages other than the ‘Welcome Page’ may be password
NOTE protected. When shipped from the factory no password is set; however, an ‘Enter
Password’ dialog box may appear. Click on the dialog box to continue.
If the page is password protected and the password is unknown, pressing
[Utility], (I/O Config), (LAN Reset) on the front panel clears the password.

52 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Software Installation and Interface Configuration 2

Figure 2-2 The Web UI SCPI command interface.

Any command in the counter’s SCPI command set can be sent to the instrument.
Query commands which include ‘?’ in the syntax return data and can be sent by
selecting Send & Read after the command is entered. Commands which do not
return data are sent using Send Command.

Changing LAN settings and using password protection

The Network Configuration Page icon provides access to the counter’s LAN
settings, and enables you to set a password to prevent unauthorized access to the
Web instrument interface. Select Mod ify Configuration to change and save settings.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 53

2 53220A/53230A Software Installation and Interface Configuration

Installing the Keysight IO Libraries

The Keysight IO Libraries include the VISA and VISA-COM libraries used for
programming the 53220A/53230A in Microsoft® development environments
(Table 2-1). The VISA and VISA-COM libraries allow you to send commands from
the 53220A/53230A SCPI command set to the instrument. The IO libraries also
include Keysight Connection Expert described and used later in this chapter.

The Keysight IO Libraries (VISA and VISA-COM) must be installed prior to

NOTE installing any other I/O drivers (e.g. IVI-C, IVI-COM).

The Keysight IO Libraries and utilities are often updated to include additional
NOTE features and improve usability. The figures used in this chapter represent the
latest version of the IO Libraries available at the time of printing. While you may
have a different version, the process of configuring and adding instruments to an
interface remains basically the same.

The IO Libraries are contained on the Keysight Automation-Ready CD or may be

downloaded from the Electronic Test & Measurement Software page at:
http://www.keysight.com
Before installing the IO libraries, review Table 2-2 to verify that your computer
meets the specifications required for the latest version of the software.

54 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Software Installation and Interface Configuration 2

Table 2-2 Keysight IO Libraries Suite system requirements.

Windows XP (SP 3 or later) Windows Vista /Windows 7
Operating system
32/64-bit ed itions

600 MHz or higher required 1 GHz 32-bit (x86)

Processor
800 MHz recommended 1 GHz 64-bit (x64)
256 MB minimum
Available memory 1 GB minimum
1 GB or greater recommended
1.5 GB 1.5 GB
– 1 GB recommended for Microsoft .NET – 1 GB recommended for Microsoft .NET
Available d isk space
Framework 2.0 SP2 Framework 2.0 SP1
– 65 MB for Keysight IO Libraries Suite – 65 MB for Keysight IO Libraries Suite
Support for DirectX 9 graphics w/128 MB graphics
Video Super VGA (800x600) w/ 256 colors or more memory recommended
(Super VGA graphics is supported.)
Web browser Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 or greater Microsoft Internet Explorer 7 or greater
Note: because of the installation procedure, less memory may be required for operation than for installation.

Loading the software

Close all applications on your computer. Insert the Keysight Automation-Ready
CD into the CD drive. Follow the instructions as prompted for a typical
installation. Accept all default d irectories specified if prompted.

If the IO libraries installation does not start automatically, select Start > Run from
the Windows start menu and type <drive>:\autorun\auto.exe where
<drive> is the designator of the CD drive.

If another vendor’s implementation of VISA (Virtual Instrument Software

NOTE Architecture) is currently installed on your computer, continue installation of the
Keysight IO Libraries by installing Keysight VISA in side-by-side mode. More
information on side-by-side operation can be found in IO Libraries Suite Help
(available after installation is complete) under “Using Keysight’s and Other
Vendors’ Products Together.”

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 55

2 53220A/53230A Software Installation and Interface Configuration

After the IO libraries have been installed, close the installation wizard. If
applicable, continue with instrument driver installation as described below.
Otherwise, continue with the ”Adding Instruments to the PC Interface” section of
this chapter.

Installing instrument drivers

Interchangeable Virtual Instrument (IVI) drivers (when available) are used for
programming the 53220A/53230A with Keysight VEE, with National Instruments®
LabVIEW™, or in Microsoft® development environments.
Install the appropriate driver based on the development environment you are
using (Table 2-1). Accept all default d irectories specified d uring installation if
prompted. Setup type “Typical” is applicable for most users.

Installing the Keysight IO Libraries installs the Interchangeable Virtual

NOTE Instrument (IVI) Shared Components. The IVI Shared Components are required
before the IVI drivers (e.g. IVI-COM, IVI-C)can be installed.

Adding instruments to the PC interface

During installation of the Keysight IO Libraries, the IO interfaces (LAN, USB, GPIB)
detected on the PC are configured. This section contains information for
programmatically adding the 53220A/53230A to those interfaces using the
Keysight IO Libraries ‘Connection Expert’ utility.
Simultaneous LAN/USB/GPIB connections to the instrument are allowed.

The figures used in this chapter represent the latest version of the IO Libraries
NOTE available at the time of printing. While you may have a different version, the
process of configuring and adding instruments remains basically the same.

56 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Software Installation and Interface Configuration 2

Remote interface configuration

The following sections cover front panel configuration of the LAN, USB, and GPIB
interfaces. The interfaces can also be configured programmatically using the
‘Remote Interface Configuration’ commands in the SCPI SYSTem subsystem. This
subsystem, plus descriptions of all SCPI commands, is located in the
‘Programming Reference’ section of the 53210A/53220A/53230A Product
Reference CD.

Configuring the LAN interface

With the counter connected to the LAN interface, the IP address can be read from
the front panel as follows.

Once the IP address is known, start the Connection Expert utility by clicking the
‘Keysight IO Control’ icon and selecting “Keysight Connection Expert” from the
pop up menu as shown in Figure 2-3.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 57

2 53220A/53230A Software Installation and Interface Configuration

Clicking the icon opens

the pop-up menu

Figure 2-3 Starting Keysight Connection Expert.

Locating the instruments

Keysight Connection Expert opens with a welcome screen and window similar to
that shown in Figure 2-4. The computer interfaces configured during installation
are displayed in the left column (Explorer pane), the properties of the configured
interface are displayed in the right column (Properties pane).

To search the network for the counter, click and select LAN Instrument
located on the Connection Expert tool bar. After selecting LAN Instrument,
Connection Expert performs an automatic find (Auto Find) of all instruments on
the same subnet as the computer.
Select the counter from the list and then click ‘OK’. Communication paths to the
instruments are verified and the instruments are added to the configured
interface. Instruments added to the LAN in this manner are subsequently
programmed using VXI-11 protocol.

58 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Software Installation and Interface Configuration 2

Figure 2-4 Keysight Connection Expert interface window.

Using the sockets protocol For higher performance, instruments added to the
LAN configuration can also use the Sockets protocol. To use this connection,
select LAN instrument from the (Figure 2-4). Next, select Enter Address. In
this window, enter the instrument’s host name or IP address and under Set
Protocol, select Socket (Figure 2-5). Note that an instrument can have both
VXI-11 and Sockets connections in the configuration.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 59

2 53220A/53230A Software Installation and Interface Configuration

Figure 2-5 Adding a sockets connection.

About IP addresses and host names

Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) and Automatic IP are enabled on
the 53220A/53230A when shipped from Keysight. This allows the instrument to
automatically obtain an address on the network. If there is a DHCP server on the
network, the server will assign the address to the instrument.

60 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Software Installation and Interface Configuration 2

If there is not a DHCP server on the network, the 53220A/53230A will

automatically determine the address to use. The address will be in the range
169.254.1.1 to 169.254.255.255.

Host names

The 53220A/53230A has a default host name. The format of the host name is:
A‐53220A‐nnnnn  (Keysight 53220A)
A‐53230A‐nnnnn  (Keysight 53230A)
where ‘nnnnn’ are the last five digits of the instrument’s serial number.
The instrument host name is reported by Connection Expert for network servers
that support Dynamic Domain Name Service (DNS). For network servers that do
not support Dynamic DNS, only the IP address is reported.

Instrument addressing During programming, the 53220A/53230A is accessed

through its address string which consists of an IP address:
TCPIP0::169.254.2.30::inst0::INSTR  (VXI‐11)
TCPIP0::169.254.2.30::5025::SOCKET  (Sockets)
or host name:
TCPIP0::A‐53230A‐00050.keysight.com::inst0::INSTR

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 61

2 53220A/53230A Software Installation and Interface Configuration

Disabling the LAN interface

The LAN interface can be disabled from the front panel by selecting I/O Config
followed by LAN Off and cycling power on the instrument. When disabled, the
interface cannot be configured by the Connection Expert utility.

Opening the Web interface from Keysight Connection Expert

The LAN interface is the only IO interface from which the counter’s Web-enabled
user interface can be accessed. To open the Web UI, click in the icon group at
the top of the screen. The web page opens in a browser.

Configuring the USB interface

The 53220A/53230A is a high-speed USB 2.0 device. Connection to the
instrument is through the Type B USB connector located on the instrument rear
panel.

The first time the 53220A/53230A is connected to the PC via the USB cable, a
NOTE “hardware wizard” utility within the PC may start and prompt you for installation
software for the product. There is no installation software for the USB interface
other than the libraries on the Keysight Automation-Ready CD that ships with
the 53220A/53230A. Continue through the “wizard” application without
searching for software and using the default selections.

Adding instruments to the USB configuration

With the 53220A/53230A and PC connected through the USB cable, start
Keysight Connection Expert (Figure 2-4) if it is not already open. The PC should
detect the presence of the USB device. If necessary, right-click the USB interface
(USB0) and then select Rescan this Interface.
Connection Expert will attempt to establish a communication path to the
instrument. If successful, the instrument will be added to the list of USB
configured instruments (Figure 2-4). The USB address can be read from the front
panel as follows.

62 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Software Installation and Interface Configuration 2

The USB address string

When programming the 53220A/53230A over USB, the instrument’s USB address
is included in the address string as follows:
USB0::2391::1287::0123456789::0::INSTR
To simplify addressing during programming, a VISA alias can be assigned and
used in place of the complete address. To assign an alias from Connection Expert,
click the ellipses button. This opens the Ed it Alias dialog box. Click .
Enter the alias and then select OK (Figure 2-6).

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 63

2 53220A/53230A Software Installation and Interface Configuration

Figure 2-6 Setting a VISA alias for the USB address string.

Disabling the USB interface

The USB interface can be disabled from the front panel by selecting I/O Config,
followed by USB Settings, and then USB Off. When disabling or enabling the USB
interface, you must cycle power for the change to take affect. When disabled, the
interface cannot be configured by the Connection Expert utility.

Using the USB interface with interactive IO

The Web-enabled instrument interface is not available from the USB interface.
An alternate programming method is to use the Connection Expert ‘Interactive IO’
utility (see “Using Interactive IO”).

64 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Software Installation and Interface Configuration 2

Configuring the GPIB interface

The following information assumes a GPIB card or USB/GPIB interface is present

NOTE on your computer.

Programming access to the 53220A/53230A is also available through the GPIB

interface. GPIB cables can be connected to the PC in a “star” (all cables
connect directly to the computer) or “linear” (instrument to instrument)
configuration.

Adding instruments to the GPIB configuration

To add instruments to the GPIB interface, click and select GPIB Instrument
on the Connection Expert tool bar (Figure 2-4). In the Add a GPIB Instrument
window that appears (Figure 2-7), select the counter’s GPIB address (note:
factory-set address = 3) and select OK.
Connection Expert will attempt to establish a communication path to the
instrument. If the counter is at the address specified, the instrument will be added
to the list of GPIB-configured instruments.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 65

2 53220A/53230A Software Installation and Interface Configuration

Figure 2-7 Selecting the GPIB address.

The counter’s GPIB address can be read from the front panel as shown below.

66 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Software Installation and Interface Configuration 2

The GPIB address string

When programming the counter over GPIB, the instrument’s GPIB address is
included in the address string as shown below:
GPIB0::3::INSTR

Changing the GPIB address

To change the GPIB address, select GPIB Address and using the rotary knob or
Shifted numeric keys, set the desired address. Once the address is changed, you
must cycle power for the change to take affect.
If the GPIB address is changed, the new address IS NOT updated in Connection
Expert interface window (Figure 2-4).
From the (Connection Expert) window, select the GPIB instrument and then click
the button. Within the configurable properties window (Figure 2-7),
change the address to the new address setting and select OK.

Disabling the GPIB interface

The GPIB interface can be disabled from the front panel by selecting I/O Config,
followed by GPIB Settings, and then GPIB Off. When disabling or enabling the
interface you must cycle power for the change to take affect. When disabled, the
interface cannot be configured by the Connection Expert utility.

Using the GPIB interface with interactive IO

The Web-enabled instrument interface is not available from the GPIB interface.
An alternate programming method is to use the Connection Expert Interactive IO
utility (see “Using Interactive IO”).

Using Interactive IO
The Connection Expert ‘Interactive IO’ utility provides another method (Table 2-1)
of sending commands to the 53220A/53230A. Interactive IO is accessible from
any of the PC’s IO interfaces, and allows you to send any command in the
53220A/53230A SCPI command set to the instrument. You can also choose from
a menu of IEEE-488 Common commands (e.g. *IDN?, *RST, *TST?).

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 67

2 53220A/53230A Software Installation and Interface Configuration

Interactive IO can be used to:

– troubleshoot communication problems
– issue a “device clear”
– learn the instrument's command set
Figure 2-8 shows how Interactive IO is started for a selected interface.

Figure 2-8 Starting Interactive IO for a selected interface.

If the Interactive IO window is used to send the self-test (*TST?) command to

NOTE the 53220A/53230A, the “timeout” period may have to be increased to allow the
results to be returned. This is done using the ‘Options’ tab on the Interactive IO
window. The 53220A/53230A self-test takes approximately seven seconds to
complete.

68 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Software Installation and Interface Configuration 2

Firmware and Driver Updates

Firmware and driver updates (when available) for the 53220A/53230A are
available via the Web. This section contains information for locating and
downloading the updates to your computer, and then installing the updates in the
instrument.

Disabling calibration security

Before firmware updates can be installed, the counter’s calibration security
feature must be disabled. This done using the command:
CALibration:SECurity:STATe {OFF|ON}, <code>
CALibration:SECurity:STATe?  (query form)
To unsecure the instrument, you must provide the security code in addition to
setting the state to OFF. The security code is set to KT53220A (Keysight 53220A)
or KT53230A (Keysight 53230A) when the instrument is shipped from the factory.
Note, however, the security code may have been changed once the counter has
been in use.
After the firmware update is complete, the counter can be re-secured by setting
the state to ON and providing the security code. The calibration count is
unaffected when changing the security state or by a firmware update.
The calibration count can be read with the command:
CALibration:COUNt?

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 69

2 53220A/53230A Software Installation and Interface Configuration

SCPI language emulation mode

If the 53220A/53230A is sometimes used in 53132A SCPI language (emulation)

mode, the instrument must be returned to its original (53220A/53230A) mode
before the firmware can be updated.

Downloading and installing the update utility

53220A/53230A firmware updates are installed in the instrument using the
Keysight update utility. The utility and firmware update can be found at:
www.keysight.com/find/53220A
www.keysight.com/find/53230A
Once this page is displayed, select the ‘Technical Support’ tab and then select
‘Drivers and Software’. Click on ‘532x0A Firmware Update’ and under ‘Documents
& Downloads’ select the utility:
53210A/53220A/53230A Firmware Update Utility
When prompted, select ‘Run’ to install the utility. The default installation directory
is C:\Program Files\Keysight\Firmware Update Utility Type 2. The utility will also
be added to the ‘start’ menu under “Keysight”.

70 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Software Installation and Interface Configuration 2

Downloading the firmware update

Return to the Web page and under ‘Documents & Downloads’ select:
532x0A Firmware Update Revision <revision number>
When prompted, select ‘Run’ to download (save) the file to your PC. Note the
d irectory location as you will need to specify the path to the firmware file when
you run the update utility.

Firmware updates are available from the LAN interface only. Note the IP address
NOTE before starting the utility.

Installing the firmware update

After the update file is downloaded from the web site it can be installed.
1 From the installation directory or ‘start’ menu, start the utility.
2 Press Next and using the Browse button, specify the path to the firmware file
(Figure 2-9). Once specified, the instrument model number will appear in the
‘Applicable Models’ window along with the revision and instrument
description. Select Next.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 71

2 53220A/53230A Software Installation and Interface Configuration

Figure 2-9 Selecting the update file path.

3 Enter the counter’s IP address or host name (Figure 2-10). Select ‘Update’ to
start the update process.

72 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Software Installation and Interface Configuration 2

Figure 2-10 Specifying the address or host name.

The firmware update takes a few moments to complete. The 53220A/53230A will
reboot once the update is complete.

Following a firmware update, Keysight Connection Expert (if running) may report
NOTE that the 53220A/53230A configuration has changed. This is represented by a
yellow triangle and an exclamation point (!) next to the updated instrument.
Select the instrument name, select ‘Change Properties’, and then select either ‘Test
Connection’ or ‘Identify Instrument’ to update Connection Expert.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 73

2 53220A/53230A Software Installation and Interface Configuration

Downloading IVI-COM driver updates

IVI-COM and LabVIEW drivers for the 53220A/53230A (when available) are
provided on the Web at either:
www.keysight.com/find/53220A
www.keysight.com/find/53230A
Once this page is displayed, select the ‘Technical Support’ tab and then select
‘Drivers and Software’. The drivers and associated ‘readme’ files are located within
this list.

74 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Keysight 53220A/53230A 350 MHz Universal Frequency Counter/
Timer
User’s Guide

3 53220A/53230A
Measurements
Counter Measurement Summary 76
Reference Oscillator Configuration 78
Setting the Measurement Mode 83
Setting the Measurement Time Out 86
SCPI Syntax Conventions 87
The MEASure and CONFigure Commands 89
Frequency and Period Measurements 93
Time Interval Measurements 102
Totalizing Measurements 119
Burst Pulse Measurements 124

This chapter contains general programming information and examples of the

measurements that can be made with the 53220A and 53230A counters.

75
3 53220A/53230A Measurements

Counter Measurement Summary

The Keysight 53220A and 53230A counter measurements are summarized in
Table 3-1. The table includes the front panel keys under which specific
measurements are selected via soft-keys. Also provided are the equivalent SCPI
commands and channel restrictions.

Table 3-1 Keysight 53220A/53230A Measurement Summary

Measurement Key Command Instrument Channels

Freq CONFigure:FREQuency
Frequency 53220A/53230A 1,2,3
Period MEASure:FREQuency?

Freq CONFigure:FREQuency:RATio
Frequency ratio 53220A/53230A 1,2,3
Period MEASure:FREQuency:RATio?

Freq CONFigure:PERiod
Period 53220A/53230A 1,2,3
Period MEASure:PERiod?

Freq CONFigure:SPERiod
SPeriod 53220A/53230A 1,2
Period MEASure:SPERiod?

Freq CONFigure:FREQuency:BURSt 3
Burst carrier frequency 53230A
Period MEASure:FREQuency:BURSt? (Opt. 150)

Freq CONFigure:FREQuency:PRF 3
Pulse repetition frequency 53230A
Period MEASure:FREQuency:PRF? (Opt. 150)

Freq CONFigure:FREQuency:PRI 3
Pulse repetition interval 53230A
Period MEASure:FREQuency:PRI? (Opt. 150)

Burst positive width Freq CONFigure:PWIDth:BURSt 3

53230A
(“on time”) Period MEASure:PWIDth:BURSt? (Opt. 150)

Burst negative width

CONFigure:NWIDth:BURSt 3
(“off time”) Freq
53230A
Period MEASure:NWIDth:BURSt? (Opt. 150)

CONFigure:TINTerval
Time interval Time 53220A/53230A 1,2
Interval MEASure:TINTerval?

CONFigure:RTIMe
Rise time Time 53220A/53230A 1,2
Interval MEASure:RTIMe?

76 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Measurements 3

Table 3-1 Keysight 53220A/53230A Measurement Summary (continued)

Measurement Key Command Instrument Channels

CONFigure:FTIMe
Fall time Time 53220A/53230A 1,2
Interval MEASure:FTIMe?

CONFigure:NDUTycycle
Negative duty cycle Time 53220A/53230A 1,2
Interval MEASure:NDUTycycle?

CONFigure:PDUTycycle
Positive duty cycle Time 53220A/53230A 1,2
Interval MEASure:PDUTycycle?

CONFigure:NWIDth
Negative pulse width Time 53220A/53230A 1,2
Interval MEASure:NWIDth?

CONFigure:PWIDth
Positive pulse width Time 53220A/53230A 1,2
Interval MEASure:PWIDth?

CONFigure:PHASe
Phase Time 53220A/53230A 1,2
Interval MEASure:PHASe?

CONFigure:TOTalize:CONTinuous
Totalize (continuous) Totalize 53220A/53230A 1,2

CONFigure:TOTalize:TIMed
Totalize (timed) Totalize 53220A/53230A 1,2
MEASure:TOTalize:TIMed?

Freq CONFigure:ARRay:TSTamp
Time stamp Period 53230A 1,2,3
MEASure:ARRay:TSTamp?

Minimum input voltage Display INPut[{1|2}]:LEVel:MINimum? 53220A/53230A 1,2

Maximum input voltage Display INPut[{1|2}]:LEVel:MAXimum? 53220A/53230A 1,2
Peak-to-peak input voltage Display INPut[{1|2}]:LEVel:PTPeak? 53220A/53230A 1,2
RF signal strength Display INPut3:STRength? 53220A/53230A 3

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 77

3 53220A/53230A Measurements

Reference Oscillator Configuration

53220A and 53230A measurements are based on a reference oscillator - also

referred to as an internal/external clock or time base. A valid reference oscillator
signal must be present for measurements to occur.
The following information applies to the counter’s standard temperature
compensated crystal oscillator (TCXO) and Option 010 Ultra High-Stability
oven-controlled crystal oscillator (OCXO) references.

Reference oscillator source

The reference oscillator (time base) is either the counter’s internal oscillator or the
internal oscillator tuned to an external reference. The source commands are:
[SENSe:]ROSCillator:SOURce  {INTernal|EXTernal}
[SENSe:]ROSCillator:SOURce?  (query form)
[SENSe:]ROSCillator:SOURce:AUTO {OFF|ON}
[SENSe:]ROSCillator:SOURce:AUTO?  (query form)

78 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Measurements 3

– INTernal selects the counter’s internal 10 MHz oscillator. The signal is a

0.5 Vrms (into 50 Ω) sine wave. The internal oscillator signal is also present on
the counter’s rear panel Int Ref Out connector.
– EXTernal selects an external reference signal applied to the rear panel Ext Ref
In connector. The signal must be:
– 1 MHz , 5 MHz, or 10 MHz
– 100 mVrms to 2.5 Vrms
– sine wave
and the frequency must be specified by the
SENSe:ROSCillator:EXTernal:FREQuency command.
– :AUTO ON enables automatic selection of the reference oscillator source. If a 1,
5, or 10 MHz signal is present on the counter’s Ext Ref In connector, source
EXTernal is set. If a valid signal is not present or is lost, the source
automatically switches to INTernal.
Note that specifying an oscillator source (INTernal or EXTernal) using
[SENSe:]ROSCillator:SOURce disables automatic selection.
– :AUTO Off disables automatic selection of the oscillator source. The source is
then set by the [SENSe:]ROSCillator:SOURce command.
The reference oscillator source is set to INTernal with automatic selection
enabled (On) when the counter is shipped from the factory or following the
SYSTem:SECure:IMMediate command. Settings are stored in non-volatile
memory and are not changed after a reset (*RST) or instrument preset
(SYSTem:PREset or Preset key).

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 79

3 53220A/53230A Measurements

Specifying the external reference frequency

When the reference oscillator source is EXTernal as set by either

SENSe:ROSCillator:SOURce or SENSe:ROSCillator:SOURce:AUTO, the lock
frequency of the external signal (to which the internal oscillator is tuned) must be
indicated using the command:
[SENSe:]ROSCillator:EXTernal:FREQuency 
{1E6|5E6|10E6|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}
[SENSe:]ROSCillator:EXTernal:FREQuency? [{MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}] 
  (query form)
The external reference frequency setting is 10 MHz when the counter is shipped
from the factory or following the SYSTem:SECure:IMMediate command. The
setting is stored in non-volatile memory and is not changed after a reset (*RST) or
instrument preset (SYSTem:PREset or Preset key).

External Reference Example

The following example configures the counter to tune to an external reference if
present, and the expected external frequency is 10 MHz.
SENS:ROSC:SOUR:AUTO ON // tune to external ref if present
SENS:ROSC:EXT:FREQ 10E6  // signal will be 10 MHz

Detecting a valid external reference signal

ExtRef will appear in the top, right corner of the display when a valid (external)
reference is present. If a valid frequency is not present or was not specified, the
message “No valid external timebase” is displayed. The error is also logged in the
error queue.
The presence of a valid external reference can be determined programmatically
with the command:
[SENSe:]ROSCillator:EXTernal:CHECk ONCE

80 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Measurements 3

Prior to sending the command, SENSe:ROSCillator:SOURce EXTernal and

SENSe:ROSCillator:SOURce:AUTO OFF must be set.
The following example checks for an external reference signal applied to the Ext
Ref In connector.
SENS:ROSC:SOUR EXT   // set source, also disables
// automatic source selection
SENS:ROSC:EXT:CHEC ONCE  // check for valid signal
SYST:ERR?  // read the error queue
The error queue can be read from the front panel as follows:

The status of the external reference (time base) is also monitored by the counter’s
Questionable Data register. The register can be queried with the command:
STATus:QUEStionable:EVENt?
A value of +1024 (bit 10) indicates an invalid frequency (time base) error. Reading
the register clears all bits in the register. See Chapter 8 for information on the
counter’s status system.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 81

3 53220A/53230A Measurements

Standby power to the reference oscillator (Option 010)

Standby power to maintain the operating temperature of the counter’s internal

OCXO reference oscillator (Option 010) is provided by the the line voltage or from
Battery Option 300. Standby power is enabled and disabled using the command:
[SENSe:]ROSCillator:INTernal:POWer:STANdby {OFF|ON}
[SENSe:]ROSCillator:INTernal:POWer:STANdby?  (query form)
– On enables standby power which maintains the temperature of the OCXO
when the front panel power button is switched ‘off’ (standby). If line power is
removed from the instrument and Battery Option 300 is installed and enabled,
standby power is supplied by the battery. Battery-supplied standby power is
24 hours.
– Off disables standby power from either the line voltage or battery to the
internal oscillator when the front panel power button is switched ‘off’.
With standby power Off, cycling power on the instrument also cycles power to
the oscillator. This may affect the oscillator’s calibrated accuracy, and stability
may not occur until the specified warm-up time (45 minutes) is reached.
Note that disabling standby power with Battery Option 300 installed and the line
voltage removed will extend the time the battery remains charged.
Standby power is disabled (Off) when the counter is shipped from the factory or
following the SYSTem:SECure:IMMediate command. The current setting is
stored in non-volatile memory and is not changed after a reset (*RST) or
instrument preset (SYSTem:PREset or Preset key).

82 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Measurements 3

Setting the Measurement Mode

There are three measurement modes available for making frequency, frequency
ratio, and average period measurements. The measurement mode is set using the
command:
[SENSe:]FREQuency:MODE  {AUTO|RECiprocal|CONTinuous}
[SENSe:]FREQuency:MODE?   (query form)
AUTO - configures the counter to make resolution-enhanced measurements when
possible, or reciprocal measurements otherwise depending on input signal
conditions. Channel 3 wide mode burst frequency measurements (PRF/PRI) are
made using resolution-enhanced (AUTO) mode only.
RECiprocal - configures the counter for reciprocal-only measurements. In
Reciprocal mode, the period of the input signal is measured and all frequency
readings are derived from (are the reciprocal of) the period measurement.
RECiprocal mode is not available on optional channel 3.
CONTinuous - configures the counter for continuous, resolution-enhanced,
gap-free measurements. These measurements are used by the counter's Allan
Deviation feature when estimating stability.
In CONTinuous mode a trigger count of ‘1’ is the only value allowed, and all
samples (readings) per trigger are taken within a single (hardware) gate open/
gate close sequence and computed back-to-back. There is no lag (dead time)
between readings that otherwise occurs with the per-sample gate open/gate
close sequence of the AUTO and RECiprocal modes.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 83

3 53220A/53230A Measurements

Figure 3-1 and the following paragraphs describe continuous, gap-free

measurements with an example one second gate time.

CONFigure:FREQuency [<expected value>, <resolution>, <channel>]

TRIGger:COUNt 1
SAMPle:COUNt <count>
SENSe:FREQuency:MODE CONTinuous
SENSe:FREQuency:GATE:SOURce TIME
gap-free SENSe:FREQuency:GATE:TIME 1
‘stop’ edge of previous reading
is ‘start’ edge of next reading
gap-free
Reading #1 Reading #2 ... Reading n

start stop start stop

1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5
start stop ...
edges required for reading subsequent readings based on number
determined by gate time of edges for first reading

gate time (1s) gate time (1s) gate time (1s)

gate open gate closed

Gate In/Out BNC:

firmware controlled – will see fluctuations
OUTput:STATe ON on the output BNC but readings are continuous (gap free)
OUTput:POLarity NORMal

Figure 3-1 53230A continuous, gap-free measurement sequence.

Gate time/edge count The specified (or default) gate time and the input signal
frequency determine the number of edges required to produce the first reading in
the sample count. All subsequent readings in the count are based on the same
number of edges used for the first reading. Gate time is per reading.

Start/stop edge The edge that ends the gate time of the previous reading is the
same edge which starts the gate time (edge count) for the next reading. Because
the same edge is used as a start/stop edge, there is no gap/lag/dead time
between readings in CONTinous mode.

84 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Measurements 3

Input signal stability The stability of the input signal frequency during the
measurement can impact the counter's observable continuous (gap-free)
characteristic. As previously mentioned, all readings in the current reading count
are based on the number of edges required to complete the first reading which in
turn, are based on the specified or default gate time. If during measurements
before the sample count is reached the input frequency changes, the counter will
modulate the gate time of subsequent readings according to the frequency. The
edge count per reading as originally determined remains fixed and the readings
gap-free.
CONTinuous mode is available on channels 1 and 2 and optional channel 3 of the
53230A only, and only for frequency and average-period measurements.
Following a reset (*RST) or instrument preset (SYSTem:PREset or Preset key), the
measurement mode is set to AUTO. CONFigure and MEASure do not change the
mode.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 85

3 53220A/53230A Measurements

Setting the Measurement Time Out

The measurement time-out is the time allowed for each measurement to

complete. If a measurement does not complete before the time out expires,
9.91E37 (not a number) is returned and the display indication is: - - - - - - -. The
sequence continues with the next reading in the sample count.
Specifying a time out prevents the instrument from pausing indefinitely if for some
reason a measurement is unable to complete.
The measurement time out is set with the command:
SYSTem:TIMeout {<time>|MINimum|MAXimum|INFinity|DEFault}
SYSTem:TIMeout? [{MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}]
(query form)
– time is the specified time out in the range of 10 ms to 2,000 s with 1 ms
resolution. The time out setting can affect reading throughput when multiple
readings are taken during the trigger cycle. Trigger delays, gate times, and
gate delays (Chapter 5) should be considered when setting an optimum time
out value.
The time out setting is stored in non-volatile memory and is not changed
following a reset (*RST) or instrument preset (SYSTem:PREset or Preset key).
When shipped from the factory the measurement time out is set to 1 second.
Specifying a time of 9.9E+37 or sending the SYSTem:SECurity:IMMediate
command disables the time out. When the time out is d isabled, the instrument
will wait indefinitely for the measurement to complete.

86 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Measurements 3

SCPI Syntax Conventions

Programming the counters through their LAN, USB, and GPIB interface is
achieved using the Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments (SCPI)
control language. A typical example of the SCPI language syntax is shown for the
following MEASure command:
MEASure:FREQuency? [{<expected>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault} 
[,{<resolution>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}]][,<channel>]]
The programming conventions are as follows.

Command keywords and abbreviated commands

Command keywords (e.g. MEASure, FREQuency?) are separated by a colon (:).
Upper case letters indicate the abbreviated spelling of the keyword or parameter.
Either the abbreviated form or the entire command/parameter must be used.

Optional keywords and parameters

Optional (implied) keywords and parameters are indicated by square brackets
(e.g. [,<channel>]) and are not included when the command is sent. If an
optional parameter is not specified, a default value is used.

Separating commands and parameters and linking SCPI commands

A space must separate the last keyword and the first parameter. Commas (,)
separate multiple parameters. The ‘@’ symbol must precede each counter channel
number and parentheses must enclose each channel:
MEAS:FREQ:RAT? 5E6,(@2),(@1)

Multiple subsystems To send multiple SCPI commands in a single string,

commands within different subsystems (root nodes) must be separated by a
semicolon (;) and a colon (:). For example, the string:
INP:COUP AC;:TRIG:SOUR EXT
requires a semicolon and a colon because the subsystems/root nodes (INPut and
TRIGger) are not the same.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 87

3 53220A/53230A Measurements

Same subsystem For commands that share the same subsystem, multiple
commands can also be sent in a single string. The first command references the
root node, and subsequent commands separated by semicolons, are referenced to
the same level as the previous command. As an example, the command sequence
representing the CALCulate2 subsystem:
CALC2:TRAN:HIST:STAT ON
CALC2:TRAN:HIST:POIN 15
CALC2:TRAN:HIST:RANG:AUTO ON
CALC2:TRAN:HIST:RANGe:AUTO:COUNt 300
can be sent in a string as:
CALC2:TRAN:HIST:STAT ON;POIN 15;RANG:AUTO ON;AUTO:COUN 300

Separate command lines or strings? Sending commands in a single string

rather than in separate command lines can eliminate “settings conflict” errors.
When sent on separate lines, the counter checks for errors as each command
(line) is parsed. When sent as a string, the entire string is parsed before error
conditions are checked.

Linking IEEE 488-2 common commands and SCPI commands

In a command string containing both IEEE 488.2 common commands (e.g. *RST,
*WAI, *OPC?) and SCPI instrument commands, the common commands are
separated from the SCPI commands by a semicolon (;). An example is shown in
the following string:
CALC:STAT ON;AVER:STAT ON;:INIT;*WAI;:CALC:AVER:AVER?

88 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Measurements 3

The MEASure and CONFigure Commands

Each time the counter takes a measurement it does so from a configuration based
on multiple parameters. The easiest and most common starting point for setting
these parameters programmatically is using commands within the CONFigure
and MEASure subsystems. These commands are considered “high-level”
commands as multiple counter parameters are set or defaulted from a single
command. “Low-level” commands are those within other subsystems (i.e. INPut,
TRIGger, SENSe) that allow you to change a parameter value from that set, or
defaulted to, using CONFigure or MEASure.
Executing commands from the CONFigure and MEASure subsystems is equivalent
to setting parameters individually using the commands/subsystems shown in
Table 3-2.

Table 3-2 Counter configuration using CONFigure and MEASure

Parameter CONFigure/MEASure Setting Low-Level Command/Subsystem
INPut{1|2}:RANGe
range, low-pass filtering, coupling, impedance INPut{1|2}:FILTer
Input
and noise rejection are unchanged from previous INPut{1|2}:COUPling
or their power-on settings. INPut{1|2}:IMPedance
INPut{1|2}:NREJect
AUTO for frequency, frequency ratio, average
Measurement Mode period, PRF, or PRI measurements. Unchanged for SENSe:FREQuency:MODE
all others.
Trigger source IMMed iate TRIGger:SOURce
Trigger slope NEGative TRIGger:SLOPe
Trigger delay 0.0 seconds TRIGger:DELay
Trigger count 1 trigger TRIGger:COUNt
Sample count 1 sample SAMPle:COUNt
SENSe:FREQuency:GATE:SOURce
Based on measurement function specified by the
GATE Source SENSe:TINTerval:GATE:SOURce
CONFigure or MEASure command.
SENSe:TOTalize:GATE:SOURce
GATE Start Source IMMed iate SENSe:GATE:STARt:SOURce
GATE Start Slope NEGative SENSe:GATE:STARt:SLOPe

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 89

3 53220A/53230A Measurements

Table 3-2 Counter configuration using CONFigure and MEASure (continued)

Parameter CONFigure/MEASure Setting Low-Level Command/Subsystem
TIME SENSe:GATE:STARt:DELay:SOURce
GATE Start Delay
0.0 seconds SENSe:GATE:STARt:DELay:TIME
GATE Stop Source IMMed iate SENSe:GATE:STOP:SOURce
TIME SENSe:GATE:STOP:HOLDoff:SOURce
GATE Stop Holdoff
0.0 seconds SENSe:GATE:STOP:HOLDoff:TIME
GATE Stop Slope NEGative SENSe:GATE:STOP:SLOPe
External Gate Source Gate In/Out BNC OUTPut:STATe
Burst Gate Auto On (enabled) SENSe:FREQuency:BURSt:GATE:AUTO
Burst Gate Delay 0.0 seconds SENSe:FREQuency:BURSt:GATE:DELay
Burst Gate Time 1.0 us SENSe:FREQuency:BURSt:GATE:TIME
Narrow Pulse Mode Off (disabled) SENSe:FREQuency:BURSt:GATE:NARRow
Math Disabled, including the individual calculate CALCulate1 subsystem
Graphics functions. Other parameters are unchanged. CALCulate2 subsystem
Auto-level Frequency Unchanged SYSTem:ALEVel:FREQuency
Measurement Timeout Unchanged SYSTem:TIMeout
SENSe:ROSCillator:SOURce
Unchanged from previous settings.
Reference oscillator SENSe:ROSCillator:SOURce:AUTO
SENSe:ROSCillator:EXTernal:FREQuency
Reading Format Unchanged from previous settings. FORMat Subsystem
Data Storage Unchanged from previous settings. DATA Subsystem
Instrument Status Unchanged from previous settings. STATus Subsystem

90 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Measurements 3

Using MEASure
Measurements using commands from the MEASure subsystem are made as the
command is executed, and are based on parameters specified within the syntax.
The results are sent to the instrument’s output buffer.
For example, the MEASure command:
MEAS:FREQ? 60.0, 1e‐3, (@1)
takes a single measurement with five digit (1 mHz) resolution of an expected
60 Hz signal on channel 1. All other counter parameters (input configuration,
trigger sources, etc.), are set to values predefined for the given MEASure
command, or remain unchanged from previously programmed values.
Because the measurement is taken immediately, changes to the counter
configuration are limited to the parameters within the command.

Using CONFigure
Measurements using commands from the CONFigure subsystem allow the use of
low-level commands to change counter parameters before the measurement is
taken. For example, assume the following configuration is required:
– frequency measurement
– external trigger - positive slope
– trigger count = 2
– sample count (readings per trigger) = 5
– gate time = 5 ms
The MEASure:FREQuency? command cannot be used since it immediately
triggers a measurement after setting the trigger source to ‘internal’, the trigger
count to ‘1’, and the sample count to ‘1’. The gate time is set to 0.1 seconds.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 91

3 53220A/53230A Measurements

Using CONFigure and the appropriate low-level commands, the configuration can
be changed before the measurement is initiated (the abbreviated form of the SCPI
commands are shown):
//configure counter for frequency measurements
//change parameter values from those set by CONFigure
CONF:FREQ 1.0E6, (@2)
TRIG:SOUR EXT
TRIG:SLOP POS
TRIG:COUN 2
SAMP:COUN 5
SENS:FREQ:GATE:TIME 0.005
SENS:FREQ:GATE:SOUR TIME  
INIT

Using CONFigure?
The following command:
CONFigure?
returns the measurement function configured by the last CONFigure or MEASure?
command sent to the instrument. Sending CONFigure? after power is cycled
generates a settings conflict error until CONFigure or MEASure? is sent.
For example:
CONF:FREQ 1.0E6, (@2)
CONF?
returns (including quotes):
"FREQ +1.00000000000000E+006,+1.00000000000000E‐004,(@2)"
which includes the function, expected value, (calculated) resolution, and channel.
If a channel number is not specified in the CONFigure or MEASure command, no
channel is included in the return string.

92 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Measurements 3

Frequency and Period Measurements

The 53220A/53230A measurements covered in this section include frequency,
frequency ratio, and period.

The SCPI commands listed in these examples are provided as an introduction to

NOTE how frequency measurements are made. Commands may be included even
though they specify default values - but which should be considered when
modifying the examples for actual use. Refer to the ‘Programmer’s Reference’ on
the Keysight 53210A/53220A/53230A Product Reference CD for additional
information.

Frequency

A standard frequency measurement is shown in Figure 3-2.

90
tr tf
10 + width
- width

frequency

Figure 3-2 Standard frequency measurement.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 93

3 53220A/53230A Measurements

The commands used to make frequency measurements are:

MEASure:FREQuency? [{<expected>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault} 
[,{<resolution>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}]][,<channel>]
CONFigure:FREQuency [{<expected>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault} 
[,{<resolution>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}]][,<channel>]
– expected is the expected input signal frequency. resolution is the desired
measurement resolution in hertz. The parameter ranges are:
expected (channels 1 and 2): 0.1 Hz - 350 MHz (default = 10 MHz)
expected (channel 3 Option 106): 100 MHz - 6.0 GHz (default = 500 MHz)
expected (channel 3 Option 115): 300 MHz - 15 GHz (default = 500 MHz)
resolution (all channels): 1.0E-15 * expected to 1.0E-5* expected 
(default resolution corresponds to a 0.1s gate time)
– channel is counter channel 1, 2, or 3 specified as (@1), (@2), or (@3).

Frequency measurement examples

// using MEASure? ‐ measure 20 MHz signal with 0.1 Hz 
// resolution
*RST  // reset to start from known state
MEAS:FREQ? 20E6, 0.1, (@1)
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
// using CONFigure ‐ measure 20 MHz signal with 
// 0.1 Hz resolution, take 10 readings
*RST  // reset to start from known state
CONF:FREQ 20E6, 0.1, (@1)
 SAMP:COUN 10  // take 10 readings
READ?

Notes
1 See Chapter 5 for information on triggering and number of readings per
trigger (sample count).

94 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Measurements 3

Frequency ratio
A frequency ratio measurement is the measurement of two signals in which one
signal generally serves as a reference (Figure 3-3). The signals can be different
wave shapes and applied to any 2-channel combination on the counter.

numerator channel
f1

denominator channel
f2

Figure 3-3 Ratio of two input signal measurements.

The commands used to make frequency ratio measurements are:

MEASure:FREQuency:RATio? [{<expected>|MINimum|MAXimum| DEFault} 
[,{<resolution>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}]] [,<channel_pair>]
CONFigure:FREQuency:RATio [{<expected>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault} 
[,{<resolution>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}]] [,<channel_pair>]
– expected is the expected ratio of the two input signals. resolution is the
desired resolution of the ratio measurement. The parameter ranges are:
expected (Ch1/Ch2, Ch2/Ch1): 2.8E-10 to 3.5E+9
expected (Ch1/Ch3, Ch2/Ch3 - Option 106): 1.6E-11 to 3.5
expected (Ch1/Ch3, Ch2/Ch3 - Option 115): 6.6E-12 to 1.2
expected (Ch3/Ch1, Ch3/Ch2 - Option 106): 0.28 to 6.0E10
expected (Ch3/Ch1, Ch3/Ch2 - Option 115): 0.85 to 15.0E10
resolution (all channels): 1.0E-15 * expected to 1.0E-5* expected
(default resolution corresponds to a 0.1s gate time)

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 95

3 53220A/53230A Measurements

– channel_pair settings are (@1),(@2)|(@2),(@1)|(@1),(@3)| 

(@3),(@1)|(@2),(@3)|(@3),(@2). Within the pair, the first channel represents
the ratio’s numerator and the second channel represents the ratio’s
denominator. The default channel_pair is (@1),(@2).

Frequency ratio examples

// using MEASure? ‐ ratio measurement expecting a 1:1 
// ratio, set 6 digits of resolution of ratio measurement
*RST  // reset to start from known state
MEAS:FREQ:RAT? 1, 1.0E‐6, (@1),(@2)
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
// using CONFigure ‐ ratio measurement expecting a 1:1 
// ratio, set 9 digits of ratio resolution 
*RST  // reset to start from known state
CONF:FREQ:RAT 1, 1.0E‐9, (@1),(@2)
 INP:LEV 1.5 // set a 1.5V threshold level (ch. 1)
INP2:LEV 1.5 // set a 1.5V threshold level (ch. 2)
READ?

Notes
1 The digits of resolution in the above ratio measurements is set by the
resolution parameter (1.0E‐6, 1.0E‐9). In effect, the exponent corresponds
to the number of digits. See Frequency measurements in Chapter 5 for
information on the relationship between gate time and reading resolution.
2 See Chapter 4 for additional information on counter threshold levels and on
configuring the input signal path.

96 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Measurements 3

Period

A standard period measurement is shown in Figure 3-4.

90
tr tf
10 + width
- width

period

Figure 3-4 Standard period measurement.

The commands used to make period measurements are:

MEASure:PERiod? [{<expected>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault} 
[,{<resolution>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}]][,<channel>]
CONFigure:PERiod [{<expected>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault} 
[,{<resolution>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}]][,<channel>]
– expected is the expected input signal period. resolution is the desired
measurement resolution in seconds. The parameter ranges are:
expected (channels 1 and 2): 2.8 nsec to 10 sec (default = 100 nsec)
expected (channel 3 Option 106): 160 psec to 10 nsec (default = 2 nsec)
expected (channel 3 Option 115): 66 psec to 3.33 nsec (default = 2 psec)

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 97

3 53220A/53230A Measurements

resolution (all channels): 1.0E-15 * expected to 1.0E-5* expected

(default resolution corresponds to a 0.1s gate time)
– channel is counter channel 1, 2, or 3 specified as (@1), (@2), or (@3).

Period measurement examples

// using MEASure? ‐ measure the period of a 100 ns (10 MHz) 
// signal with 12‐digit resolution
*RST  // reset to start from known state
MEAS:PER? 100E‐9, 1E‐12, (@1)
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
// using CONFigure ‐ measure the period of a 100 ns (10 MHz) 
// signal with 12‐digit resolution
*RST    // reset to start from known state
SYST:TIM 1.0  // 1s measurement timeout (per meas)
CONF:FREQ 100E‐9, 1E‐12, (@1)
 SAMP:COUN 10  // take 10 readings
READ?

Notes
1 See Chapter 5 for information on triggering and number of readings per
trigger (sample count).
2 See Chapter 4 for additional information on counter threshold levels and on
configuring the input signal path.

98 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Measurements 3

Time stamp

Time stamp measurements record events (edges) as they occur on the counter
input channels. An example of time stamp measurements between the edges of
an input waveform is shown in Figure 3-5. (Time stamp measurements are
available with the 53230A only.)

scale factor = 1 scale factor = 10

event time stamp

time stamp ... time stamp

scale factor = 2

Figure 3-5 Time stamp events on the counter channel.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 99

3 53220A/53230A Measurements

The commands used to make time stamp measurements are:

MEASure:ARRay:TSTamp? [(<count>) [,<channel>]]
CONFigure:ARRay:TSTamp [(<count>) [,<channel>]]
[SENSe:]TSTamp:RATE {<rate>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}
[SENSe:]TSTamp:RATE? [{MINimum| MAXimum|DEFault}]
(query form)
– (count) is the number of time stamp measurements returned (readings/
trigger). Parentheses must enclose the count. A scale factor is included with
the data, so count+1 elements are actually returned. Note that the
TRIGger:COUNt is always ‘1’ for each READ? or INITiate command issued.
– channel is counter channel 1, 2, or 3 specified as (@1), (@2), or (@3).
– rate is the rate at which time stamp readings are generated. rate values are
10.0E3, 100E3, 800E3, and 1.0E6. The actual rate depends on the frequency of
the input signal. Following a reset (*RST) or instrument preset
(SYSTem:PREset or Preset key), the rate is set to 1.0E6.

Time stamp measurement example

// configure the counter for 200 time stamp measurements
*RST    // reset to start from known state
SYST:TIM 1.0  // 1s measurement timeout
CONF:ARR:TST (200), (@1)
    INP:COUP DC // set DC coupling
    INP:IMP 50 // set 50 ohms impedance
INP:LEV 1 // set a 1V level threshold
    INP:SLOP POS // time stamp positive edges
    SENS:TST:RATE 1E6 // 1 MHz time stamp rate
INIT // initiate and take readings
*WAI  // wait for readings to complete
// transfer readings from reading memory to a file in the
// root folder on the USB storage device
MMEM:STOR:DATA RDG_STORE, "USB:\ts_data.csv"

100 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Measurements 3

Notes
1 In the example, 200 time stamp readings are taken at a 1 MHz rate and stored
in the counter’s reading memory. The readings are then stored on a USB drive
connected to the counter’s front panel “host” port as comma-separated values
(CSV), in one measurement per line ASCII format.
2 The data returned with time stamp measurements include a scale factor
followed by the time stamp values (in seconds) themselves. The scale factor,
which is the number of input cycles per time stamp, increases as the frequency
of the input signal becomes greater than the time stamp rate specified. Time
stamp values will either be the signal period itself (scale factor = 1 for input
frequencies < the time stamp rate), or the signal period multiplied by the scale
factor.
For example, a 10 MHz input signal and a 1 MHz time stamp rate might have a
scale factor of 11. The data for this measurement would be represented as:
1.10000000E+01 (scale factor: 11 cycles per time stamp)
1.10077637E‐06 (1st time stamp = signal period x scale factor)
1.09963867E‐06 (2nd time stamp = signal period x scale factor)
1.10005859E‐06 .
1.09999023E‐06 .
1.09988770E‐06 .
1.10017578E‐06 .
Dividing a time stamp value by the scale factor returns the input signal period
(e.g. 1.10077637E‐06 / 11 = 1.00070579E‐7).
3 See Chapter 4 for additional information on counter threshold levels and on
configuring the input signal path.
4 See Chapter 7 for information on data flow, reading memory, and on creating
data files.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 101

3 53220A/53230A Measurements

Time Interval Measurements

The 53220A/53230A time interval measurements covered in this section include
one and two channel time interval, rise/fall time, pulse width, duty cycle, phase,
and single period.

The SCPI commands listed in these examples are provided as an introduction to

NOTE how time interval measurements are made. Commands may be included even
though they specify default values - but which should be considered when
modifying the examples for actual use. Refer to the ‘Programmer’s Reference’ on
the Keysight 53210A/53220A/53230A Product Reference CD for additional
information.
For further information on time interval measurements, see Application Note
200-3 “Fundamentals of Time Interval Measurements” also included on the CD.

Time interval

102 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Measurements 3

A time interval measurement is the difference between two events, or edges, on

different waveforms or on the same waveform. A typical two-channel time interval
measurement is shown in Figure 3-6.

tim e interval

Ch. 1

C h. 2

tw o channel

Figure 3-6 2-channel time interval measurement.

The commands used to make time interval measurements are:

MEASure:TINTerval? [<channel_pair>]
CONFigure:TINTerval [<channel(s)>]
– channel_pair are channels in the form: (@1),(@2)|(@2),(@1)
– channel(s) can be a channel pair or single channel in the form:
(@1),(@2)|(@2),(@1)|(@1)|(@2)
The input channel(s) are (default) configured for auto-leveling at 50% with a
positive slope.
When configuring time interval measurements consider the start or stop input
thresholds, input slope, or gate stop hold off settings:
INPut{1|2}:LEVel{1|2} or INPut{1|2}:LEVel{1|2}:RELative 
INPut{1|2}:SLOPe{1|2}
SENSe:GATE:STOP:HOLDoff:SOURce

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 103

3 53220A/53230A Measurements

Measurements taken without changing at least one of these settings could result
in values of approximately 0 seconds, as the measurement starts and stops on the
same edge (slope) at approximately the same time.

2-channel time interval measurement example

// use CONFigure to set up a 2‐channel time interval 
// measurement ‐ start on ch. 1, stop on ch. 2
*RST  // reset to start from known state
SYST:TIM 5.0  // set a 5s measurement timeout
CONF:TINT (@1), (@2)  // configure 2‐ch measurement
INP1:LEV:AUTO ON  // enable auto‐level on ch. 1
INP2:LEV:AUTO ON  // enable auto‐level on ch. 2
INP1:LEV1:REL 10  // set ch.1 threshold level to 10%
INP2:LEV1:REL 10  // set ch.2 threshold level to 10%
INP1:SLOP POS  // start meas on ch.1 rising edge
INP2:SLOP POS  // stop meas on ch.2 rising edge
 SENS:GATE:STOP:HOLD:SOUR TIME  // hold off gate close
 SENS:GATE:STOP:HOLD:TIME 200E‐9 // hold off for 200 ns
 SENS:GATE:STAR:SOUR IMM // start meas when gate rec’d
SENS:GATE:STOP:SOUR IMM // stop meas when holdoff done
SENS:TINT:GATE:SOUR ADV  // enable gate settings
READ?

Notes
1 Auto-level is enabled on both channels to specify relative threshold levels of
10% of the peak-to-peak signal level. The measurement starts on a positive
(rising) edge on channel 1, and stops on a positive edge on channel 2.
2 A gate stop hold off is specified to select the desired rising edge on channel 2
and, therefore, the interval to be measured.
3 See Chapter 4 for information on input threshold levels and slope, and
Chapter 5 for advanced gating information.

104 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Measurements 3

Single-channel time interval measurement

The following example shows a single channel time interval measurement on a
signal with the characteristics shown in Figure 3-7.

1V
4 Vp-p

Figure 3-7 Single channel time interval measurement.

//configure a time interval measurement on ch.1. Use 
//defaults as set by CONFigure except for those set as //shown
*RST  // reset to start from known state
CONF:TINT (@1)
INP:COUP AC  // set AC coupling
INP:IMP 50  // set input impedance to 50 ohm
INP:LEV1 1.0  // set start threshold to 1V
INP:LEV2 1.0   // set stop threshold to 1V
INP:SLOP1 POS  // set start slope to positive (rising)
INP:SLOP2 NEG  // set stop slope to negative (falling)
READ?  // initiate counter and take reading

Notes
1 Input coupling and impedance are set to assure the intended start and stop
trigger thresholds as the thresholds are specified as absolute values. The
measurement starts on the positive (rising) edge on channel 1, and stops on
the negative (falling) edge.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 105

3 53220A/53230A Measurements

Rise time and fall time

An example of rise and fall times on an input signal are shown in Figure 3-8.

90
tr tf
10 + width
- width

frequency

Figure 3-8 Rise time and fall time measurements.

106 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Measurements 3

The commands used to make rise and fall time measurements are:
MEASure:RTIMe? [{<lower_ref>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault} 
[,{<upper_ref>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}]] [,<channel>]
CONFigure:RTIMe [{<lower_ref>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault} 
[,{<upper_ref>|MINimum|MAXimum| DEFault}]] [,<channel>]
MEASure:FTIMe? [{<lower_ref>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault} 
[,{<upper_ref>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}]] [,<channel>]
CONFigure:FTIMe [{<lower_ref>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault} 
[,{<upper_ref>|MINimum|MAXimum| DEFault}]] [,<channel>]
– lower_ref and upper_ref specify the input signal reference level, either in
terms of percent of peak-to-peak voltage, or in absolute voltage. To specify
rise or fall time percentage levels from 10% to 90%, use a numeric value with
no suffix or with the suffix PCT (e.g. 30 or 30 PCT).
To specify rise or fall time levels in absolute voltage within the ranges:
5.125V range: -5.125V to +5.125V
51.25V range: -51.25V to +51.25V
use a numeric value with the V or MV (millivolt) suffix: 100 MV or .1V (spaces
allowed).
If either lower_ref or upper_ref is omitted or specified in percent, auto-leveling
is enabled. If specified in absolute voltage, auto-leveling is disabled
– channel is counter channel 1 or 2 specified as (@1) or (@2).

Rise and fall time measurement examples

// using MEASure? ‐ measure rise time using 20% and 80% 
// references
*RST  // reset to start from known state
MEAS:RTIM? 20, 80, (@2)
// using CONFigure ‐ measure rise time on the wave segment // from 
‐1.75V to +750 mV 
*RST  // reset to start from known state
CONF:RTIM ‐1.75 V, 750 MV, (@1)
 INP:COUP DC  // set AC coupling
INP:IMP 50  // set input impedance to 50 ohm

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 107

3 53220A/53230A Measurements

READ?
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
// using MEASure? ‐ measure fall time using 15% and 65% 
// references
*RST  // reset to start from known state
MEAS:FTIM? 15PCT, 65PCT, (@2)
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
// using CONFigure ‐ measure fall time on the wave segment // from 
+1.25V to ‐1.4V 
*RST  // reset to start from known state
CONF:FTIM ‐1.4V, 1.25V, (@1)
 INP:COUP DC  // set DC coupling
INP:IMP 50  // set input impedance to 50 ohm
READ?

Notes
1 Lower and upper references can be specified as percentages or as absolute
levels in either the CONFigure or MEASure? command. For either rise time or
fall time measurements, the lower reference is specified first.
2 Absolute references are relative to the amplitude of the signal and must take
into consideration the counter’s input coupling and impedance settings.
3 See Chapter 4 for information on configuring the input signal path which
includes coupling and impedance.

108 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Measurements 3

Pulse width

An example of positive and negative pulse widths are shown in Figure 3-9.

90
tr tf
10 + width
- width

frequency

Figure 3-9 Positive and negative pulse width measurements.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 109

3 53220A/53230A Measurements

The commands used to make positive and negative pulse width measurements
are:
MEASure:PWIDth? [{<reference>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}] [,<channel>]
CONFigure:PWIDth [{<reference>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}] [,<channel>]
MEASure:NWIDth? [{<reference>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}] [,<channel>]
CONFigure:NWIDth [{<reference>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}] [,<channel>]
– reference specifies the threshold level where the width measurement begins.
For positive width measurements, the level at which the signal passes through
the threshold in the positive (rising) direction and again in the negative (falling
direction) defines the positive width. Similarly, the level at which the signal
passes through the threshold in the negative (falling) direction and again in the
positive (rising) direction defines the negative width.
To specify a threshold level from 10% to 90% of the peak-to-peak input voltage,
use a numeric value with no suffix or with the suffix PCT (e.g. 30 or 30 PCT).
To specify a threshold level in absolute voltage within the ranges:
5.125V range: -5.125V to +5.125V
51.25V range: -51.25V to +51.25V
use a numeric value with the V or MV (millivolt) suffix: 100 MV or .1V (spaces
allowed).
If reference is omitted or specified in percent, auto-leveling is enabled. If
specified in absolute voltage, auto-leveling is disabled
– channel is counter channel 1 or 2 specified as (@1) or (@2).

Positive and negative pulse width measurement examples

// using MEASure? ‐ measure positive width at a 50% (0V) 
// reference
*RST  // reset to start from known state
MEAS:PWID? 50, (@1)
// using CONFigure ‐ measure positive width at a 1.0V
// reference
*RST  // reset to start from known state
CONF:PWID 1.0V, (@1)

110 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Measurements 3

 INP:COUP DC  // set DC coupling
INP:IMP 50  // set input impedance to 50 ohm
READ?
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
// using CONFigure ‐ measure negative width at ‐500 mV
// reference 
*RST  // reset to start from known state
CONF:NWID ‐500 MV, (@1)
 INP:COUP DC  // set DC coupling
INP:IMP 50  // set input impedance to 50 ohm
READ?

Notes
1 The reference (threshold) can be specified as a percentage of the peak-to-peak
amplitude or as an absolute level in either the CONFigure or MEASure?
command.
2 Absolute references are relative to the amplitude of the signal and must take
into consideration the counter’s input coupling and impedance settings.
3 See Chapter 4 for information on configuring the input signal path which
includes coupling and impedance.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 111

3 53220A/53230A Measurements

Duty cycle

Positive and negative duty cycle measurements are the ratio of the positive or
negative widths to the period of the signal (Figure 3-10).

period

20%

+ duty cycle

50%

- duty cycle

80%

Figure 3-10 Positive and negative duty cycle measurements.

112 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Measurements 3

The commands used to make positive and negative duty cycle measurements are:
MEASure:PDUTycycle? [{<reference>|MINimum|MAXimum| DEFault}] 
[,<channel>]
CONFigure:PDUTycycle [{<reference>|MINimum|MAXimum| DEFault}] 
[,<channel>]
MEASure:NDUTycycle? [{<reference>|MINimum|MAXimum| DEFault}] 
[,<channel>]
CONFigure:NDUTycycle [{<reference>|MINimum|MAXimum| DEFault}] 
[,<channel>]
– reference specifies the threshold level where the duty cycle measurement
begins. For positive duty cycle measurements, the level at which the signal
passes through the threshold in the positive (rising) direction and again in the
negative (falling direction) defines the positive duty cycle. Similarly, the level at
which the signal passes through the threshold in the negative (falling) direction
and again in the positive (rising) direction defines the negative duty cycle.
To specify a threshold level from 10% to 90% of the peak-to-peak input voltage,
use a numeric value with no suffix or with the suffix PCT (e.g. 30 or 30 PCT).
To specify a threshold level in absolute voltage within the ranges:
5.125V range: -5.125V to +5.125V
51.25V range: -51.25V to +51.25V
use a numeric value with the V or MV (millivolt) suffix: 100 MV or .1V (spaces
allowed).
If reference is omitted or specified in percent, auto-leveling is enabled. If
specified in absolute voltage, auto-leveling is disabled
– channel is counter channel 1 or 2 specified as (@1) or (@2).

Positive and negative duty cycle measurement examples

// using MEASure? ‐ measure the positive duty cycle at a 
// 50% (0V) reference
*RST  // reset to start from known state
MEAS:PDUT? 50, (@1)
// using CONFigure ‐ measure the positive duty cycle at a 
// ‐1.0V reference

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 113

3 53220A/53230A Measurements

*RST  // reset to start from known state
CONF:PDUT ‐1.0V, (@1)
 INP:COUP DC  // set DC coupling
INP:IMP 50  // set input impedance to 50 ohm
READ?
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
// using CONFigure ‐ measure the negative duty cycle at a // 50% (0V) 
reference 
*RST  // reset to start from known state
CONF:NDUT 50 PCT, (@1)
TRIG:SOUR EXT // set an external trigger source
INIT

Notes
1 The reference (threshold) can be specified as a percentage of the peak-to-peak
amplitude or as an absolute level in either the CONFigure or MEASure?
command.
2 Absolute references are relative to the amplitude of the signal and must take
into consideration the counter’s input coupling and impedance settings.
3 The measured duty cycle is a decimal representation of the ratio. For example,
a 5% duty cycle reading might appear in the counter output buffer as:
+5.105095730909666E‐002
The same reading would appear in the display as: 5.1 Pct.
4 See Chapter 4 for information on configuring the input signal path and
Chapter 5 for information on Triggering.

114 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Measurements 3

Phase

Phase measurements indicate the phase difference or shift between signals on

counter channels 1 and 2 (Figure 3-11).

phase

Figure 3-11 Phase measurement between two channels.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 115

3 53220A/53230A Measurements

The commands used to make phase measurements are:

MEASure:PHASe? [<channel_pair>]
CONFigure:PHASe [<channel_pair>]
FORMat:PHASe {AUTO|POSitive|CENTered}
FORMat:PHASe?  (query form)
– channel_pair settings are (@1),(@2) and (@2),(@1). The first channel of
the pair is relative to the second channel.
– AUTO automatically selects whether the phase difference will be returned as a
positive value between 0° and 360°, or a positive or negative value between
±180°.
– POSitive returns the measured phase difference as a positive value between
0° and 360°.
– CENTered returns the measured phase difference as a positive or negative
value between +180°.

Phase measurement examples

// using MEASure? ‐ measure the phase difference between 
// channels 1 and 2
*RST  // reset to start from known state
FORM:PHAS CENT  // display result as pos or neg
MEAS:PHAS? (@1), (@2)
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
// using CONFigure ‐ measure the phase difference between // channels 1 
and 2, display result as a value between 0 and 
// 360 degrees
*RST  // reset to start from known state
CONF:PHAS (@1), (@2)
 FORM:PHAS POS // display result as a positive value
READ?

116 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Measurements 3

Notes
1 If the phase format is CENTered, a typical phase measurement for signals 270°
out of phase for example, could be ‐9.10799485574691E+001. If the format
was POSitive, the phase difference measured might typically be
+2.68904450044343E+002.
2 Phase measurements represent the signal phase of the first channel relative to
the second channel in the pair. For example, if the phase format is CENTered
and the signal on channel 2 is delayed for a period equivalent to 90°, the
measurement will be 90° for the channel pair (@1),(@2). If under the same
signal conditions the channel pair were specified as (@2),(@1), the
measurement would be -90 degrees.

Single-period

A form of time interval measurement - the single-period measurement, is based

on a single waveform cycle. Single-period measurements provide measurement
of “single-shot” or one cycle events; and allow analysis of signal characteristics
(e.g. jitter) that would otherwise be averaged out with standard (averaging) period
measurements.
The commands used to make single-period measurements are:
MEASure:SPERiod? [<channel>]
CONFigure:SPERiod [<channel>]

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 117

3 53220A/53230A Measurements

– channel is counter channel 1 or 2, specified as (@1) or (@2).

Single-period measurement examples

// using MEASure? ‐ make a single‐period measurement on 
// channel 1
*RST  // reset to start from known state
MEAS:SPER? (@1)
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
// using CONFigure ‐ make a single‐period measurement on
// channel 1; start measurement when signal reaches 1.5V 
// threshold
*RST  // reset to start from known state
CONF:SPER (@1)
 INP:LEV 1.5   // set 1.5V threshold level
READ?

Notes
1 For period-averaging measurements rather than single-period measurements,
use the MEASure:PERiod? or CONFigure:PERiod commands.
2 Setting an absolute threshold level disables the counter’s auto-level function.
CONFigure and MEASure enable auto-leveling at 50% (0V).
3 See Chapter 4 for information on input signal conditioning, including threshold
level and sensitivity.

118 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Measurements 3

Totalizing Measurements
The 53220A/53230A measurements covered in this section include gated and
continuous totalizing measurements.

The SCPI commands listed in these examples are provided as an introduction to

NOTE how totalizing measurements are made. Commands may be included even
though they specify default values - but which should be considered when
modifying the examples for actual use. Refer to the ‘Programmer’s Reference’ on
the Keysight 53210A/53220A/53230A Product Reference CD for additional
information.

Gated

Gated (timed) totalizing measurements count events (edges) that occur on the
channel over a specified period.
The relationship of the gate to the period input events are totalized is shown in
Figure 3-12.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 119

3 53220A/53230A Measurements

Gate open Gate closed

gate gate time

(gated)
(continuous)

input

...

events

Figure 3-12 Gated and continuous totalizing.

The commands used to make gated (timed) totalizing measurements are:

MEASure:TOTalize:TIMed? [{<gate_time>|MINimum|MAXimum| DEFault}] 
[,<channel>]
CONFigure:TOTalize:TIMed [{<gate_time>|MINimum|MAXimum| DEFault}] 
[,<channel>]
– gate_time specifies the time input events on the counter channel are
totalized. The range for gate_time is:
53220A: 100 μs to 1000s (10 μs resolution) or +9.9E+37 (INFinity)
53230A: 1μ to 1000s (1 μs resolution) or +9.9E+37 (INFinity)
The default gate_time for both instruments is 0.100s.
– channel is counter channel 1 or 2, specified as (@1) or (@2).

120 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Measurements 3

Gated totalize measurement examples

// using MEASure? ‐ totalize inputs on channel 1 for 10 us 
*RST  // reset to start from known state
MEAS:TOT:TIM? 10e‐6, (@1)
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
// using CONFigure ‐ totalize inputs on channel 1 for 1s; 
// use same signal as gate signal (apply to channel 2)
*RST  // reset the counter to start from a known state
SYST:TIM 3  // 3s measurement timeout
CONF:TOT:TIM (@1)
INP1:LEV 0.0  // set count threshold to 0V
   INP1:SLOP POS  // count positive edges
INP2:LEV 0.0  // set gate threshold to 0V
     SENS:GATE:STAR:SOUR EXT  // use external gate signal
     SENS:GATE:EXT:SOUR INP2  // gate is ext signal on ch. 2
     SENS:GATE:STAR:SLOP POS  // start gate on rising edge
     SENS:GATE:STOP:HOLD:SOUR TIME  // hold off gate close
     SENS:GATE:STOP:HOLD:TIME 1.0  // hold off close for 1s
   SENS:TOT:GATE:SOUR ADV  // enable gate settings
INIT?

Notes
1 In the program above (using CONFigure), the input signal on channel 1 whose
events (edges) are totalized is also applied to channel 2 as the gate signal.
Totalizing the positive edges begins on the same edge that opens the gate. A
gate stop hold off is set to extend the gate. For totalize measurements, the
holdoff starts when the gate opens. Setting a hold off of 1 second in effect,
sets a 1 second gate time. If the gate stop was not held off, the gate would
close after 1 event.
2 See Chapter 5 for additional information on triggering and gating.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 121

3 53220A/53230A Measurements

Continuous

Continuous totalizing measurements count events (edges) that occur on the input
channel.
Similar to gated (timed) totalizing measurements, continuous measurements
begin when the measurement gate is opened (Figure 3-12). Rather than totalizing
for a specified gate time, continuous totalizing continues indefinitely until the
measurement is aborted, or cleared and restarted from the front panel.
The command used to make continuous totalizing measurements is:
CONFigure:TOTalize:CONTinuous [<channel>]
– channel is counter channel 1 or 2, specified as (@1) or (@2). (There is no
equivalent MEASure? command for continuous totalizing measurements.)
The command:
[SENSe:]TOTalize:DATA?
can be used during continuous totalizing or with long gate times to read the
current count.
Sending the command:
ABORt
aborts the measurement.

122 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Measurements 3

Continuous totalize measurement

// set up continuous totalizing, query the count after 
// 10 seconds, abort the measurement after 10 additional
// seconds
*RST  // reset the counter to start from a known state
CONF:TOT:CONT (@1)
INP1:LEV 1.0  // set level threshold to 1V
   INP1:SLOP NEG  // totalize negative edges
INIT  // start the measurement
(wait 10 seconds)
SENS:TOT:DATA?  // query count after 10 seconds
(wait 10 seconds)
SENS:TOT:DATA?  // query count after 20 seconds
ABOR  // stop measurement
FETC?  // retrieve final count

Notes
1 Pressing Clear Count on the front panel will not clear or abort continuous
measurements started from the LAN, USB, or GPIB interface. Pressing the
Back/Local key, however, will clear the count when the instrument transfers
from remote to local mode.
2 Continuous totalizing must be aborted (stopped) before the count can be
retrieved from the output buffer using the FETCh?, DATA:LAST?, 
DATA:REMove?, or R? command (Chapter 7).
3 The ABORt command sent from the remote interface or changing the counter
function from the front panel stops continuous totalizing.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 123

3 53220A/53230A Measurements

Burst Pulse Measurements

Microwave (burst) pulse measurements are available on channel 3 Option 106

(6 GHz Microwave Input) or Option 115 (15 GHz Microwave Input) with pulse
measurement Option 150.
The pulse measurements covered in this section include: burst carrier frequency,
pulse repetition interval (PRI), pulse repetition frequency (PRF), positive (on)
width, and negative (off) width. Figure 3-13 identifies these measurements within
a burst signal.

The SCPI commands listed in these examples are provided as an introduction to

NOTE how measurements involving microwave pulses are made. Commands may be
included even though they specify default values - but which should be
considered when modifying the examples for actual use. Refer to the
‘Programmer’s Reference’ on the Keysight 53210A/53220A/53230A Product
Reference CD for additional information.
For further information on microwave measurements, see Application Note
200-1 “Fundamentals of Microwave Frequency Counters” also included on the
CD.

124 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Measurements 3

PRI / PRF

+ width burst (on)

- width burst (off)

- 6 dB
p-p
amplitude

burst carrier frequency

Figure 3-13 53230A microwave pulse measurements.

Carrier frequency

The commands used to measure the carrier frequency of a burst pulse are:
MEASure:FREQuency:BURSt? [<channel>]
CONFigure:FREQuency:BURSt [<channel>]

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 125

3 53220A/53230A Measurements

– channel is optional channel 3 specified as (@3).

Carrier frequency measurement examples

// measure the carrier frequency using MEASure? and its
// default settings
*RST  // reset to start from known state
MEAS:FREQ:BURS? (@3)
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
// measure the carrier frequency using CONFigure, set 
// automatic gate configuration
*RST  // reset to start from known state
CONF:FREQ:BURS (@3)
INP3:BURS:LEV ‐6  // set a detector threshold of ‐6 dB
SENS:FREQ:BURS:GATE:NARR OFF // narrow pulse mode off
SENS:FREQ:BURS:GATE:AUTO ON  // automatic gate set up
READ?

Notes
1 See Burst measurement detector threshold in Chapter 4 for information on
setting the threshold for pulse measurements.
2 See Burst carrier frequency measurements in Chapter 5 for information on
narrow pulse mode and on automatic and manual gate control for carrier
measurements.

126 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Measurements 3

Pulse PRI and PRF

The commands used to measure the pulse repetition interval (PRI) and pulse
repetition frequency (PRF) (Figure 3-13) of a burst signal are:
MEASure:FREQuency:PRI? [{<expected> | MINimum | MAXimum | DEFault} 
[,{<resolution> | MINimum | MAXimum | DEFault}]] [,<channel>]
CONFigure:FREQuency:PRI [{<expected> | MINimum | MAXimum | DEFault} 
[,{<resolution> | MINimum | MAXimum | DEFault}]] [,<channel>]
- expected is the expected interval. resolution is the desired measurement
resolution in seconds. The parameter ranges are:
expected: 100 ns to 1.0s (default = 0.001s)
resolution: 1.0E-15 * expected to 1.0E-5 * expected
(default resolution corresponds to a 0.1s gate time)
– channel is counter channel 3 specified as (@3).
MEASure:FREQuency:PRF? [{<expected> | MINimum | MAXimum | DEFault} 
[,{<resolution> | MINimum | MAXimum | DEFault}]] [,<channel>]
CONFigure:FREQuency:PRF [{<expected> | MINimum | MAXimum | DEFault} 
[,{<resolution> | MINimum | MAXimum | DEFault}]] [,<channel>]
– expected is the expected repetition frequency. resolution is the desired
measurement resolution in hertz. The parameter ranges are:
expected: 1 Hz - 10 MHz (default = 1 kHz)
resolution: 1.0E-15 * expected to 1.0E-5 * expected
(default resolution corresponds to a 0.1s gate time)
– channel is counter channel 3 specified as (@3).

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 127

3 53220A/53230A Measurements

PRI and PRF examples

// measure an expected 1 ms pulse repetition interval with // 6‐digit 
(μs) resolution
*RST  // reset to start from known state
MEAS:FREQ:PRI? 1E‐3, .001, (@3)
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
// measure the pulse repetition interval using CONFigure, // set the 
detector threshold to ‐6 dB
*RST  // reset to start from known state
CONF:FREQ:PRI 1E‐3, .001, (@3)
INP3:BURS:LEV ‐6  // set a detector threshold of ‐6 dB
READ?

// measure an expected 1 kHz pulse repetition frequency 
// with 6‐digit (mHz) resolution
*RST  // reset to start from known state
MEAS:FREQ:PRF? 1E3, .001, (@3)
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
// measure the pulse repetition frequency using CONFigure, // set the 
detector threshold to ‐6 dB
*RST  // reset to start from known state
CONF:FREQ:PRI 1E3, .001, (@3)
INP3:BURS:LEV ‐6  // set a detector threshold of ‐6 dB
READ?

Notes
1 See Measurement Gate in Chapter 5 for information on digits of resolution
based on expected value and resolution parameter settings.
2 See Burst measurement detector threshold in Chapter 4 for information on
setting the threshold for pulse measurements.

128 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Measurements 3

Positive and negative widths

The commands used to measure the positive (on) width and negative (off) width
of a burst pulse (Figure 3-13) are:
MEASure:PWIDth:BURSt? [<channel>]
CONFigure:PWIDth:BURSt [<channel>]
MEASure:NWIDth:BURSt? [<channel>]
CONFigure:NWIDth:BURSt [<channel>]
– channel is counter channel 3 specified as (@3).

Positive wid th and negative width examples

// measure the positive (on) width of the burst signal
*RST  // reset to start from known state
MEAS:PWID:BURS? (@3)

// measure the positive (on) width using CONFigure, set 
// a ‐12 dB detector threshold
*RST  // reset to start from known state
CONF:PWID:BURS (@3)
INP3:BURS:LEV ‐12  // set a detector threshold of ‐12 dB
READ?
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 129

3 53220A/53230A Measurements

// measure the negative (off) width of the burst signal
*RST  // reset to start from known state MEAS:NWID:BURS? 
(@3)

// measure the negative (off) width using CONFigure, set 
// a ‐12 dB detector threshold
*RST  // reset to start from known state
CONF:NWID:BURS (@3)
INP3:BURS:LEV ‐12  // set a detector threshold of ‐12 dB
READ?

Notes
1 See Burst measurement detector threshold in Chapter 4 for information on
threshold settings and its relationship to positive and negative width
measurements.

130 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Keysight 53220A/53230A 350 MHz Universal Frequency Counter/
Timer
User’s Guide

4 53220A/53230A Input
Signal Conditioning
Channel Characteristics 132
Signal Conditioning Path 133
Measuring Input Signal Levels and Signal Strength 152

This chapter contains information on configuring the input channels relative to the
characteristics of the input signal expected. Configuration includes the channel’s
impedance, range/probe factor, coupling, filtering, and threshold level/sensitivity
settings.

131
4 53220A/53230A Input Signal Conditioning

Channel Characteristics
There are two, plus an optional third input channel on the 53220A/53230A
counter. Product Option 201 adds parallel (additional) rear panel access to
channels 1 and 2. Product Options 106 and 115 add a 6 GHz or 15 GHz third
channel. Option 202 places third channel Option 106 / 115 on the front panel and
Option 203 places the third channel option on the rear panel.

If parallel channel 1 and channel 2 inputs are present on the rear panel (Option
NOTE 201), all input specifications apply to the rear terminals only, and are relative to
50W input impedance. Performance of the front panel inputs in this instance is
not specified. Also, when calibrating the instrument, the rear panel input
terminals are used.

When programming the counters from an I/O interface, configuration is provided

by commands within the SCPI INPut subsystem. Within the SCPI commands,
INPut[{1|2}] in the syntax refers to input channels 1 and 2. As such, these
commands do not apply to third channel Option 106 or 115.
The counter channels with the exception of frequency ratio and selected time
interval measurements are separate and can be configured independently.
Measurements on the channels do not occur simultaneously, however. Switching
between channels retains the channel configuration, but ends the current
measurement. The newly selected channel is re-initiated and measurements
begin when the programmed trigger conditions are met.

132 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Input Signal Conditioning 4

Signal Conditioning Path

Figure 4-1 represents the counter’s signal conditioning path.

Auto DC Coupling
Input
Cal Protection

Buffer
1M W AC Coupling
50W
Input
INPut{1|2}:COU Pling Selectable
100 kHz
IN Put{1|2}:IM Pedance Low-Pass Filter
IN Put{1|2}:PROTection? Range
IN Put{1|2}:PROTection:C LEar Selection
INPut{1|2}:FILTer

IN Put{1|2}:R ANG e
IN Put{1|2}:PROB e

Threshold Level
trigger / gating
and Sensitivity

IN Put{1|2}:LEVel{1|2}
SYSTem :ALEVel:FREQuency
IN Put{1|2}:LEVel:AU TO
IN Put{1|2}:LEVel{1|2}:RELative
IN Put3:BUR St:LEVel
IN Put{1|2}:NR EJect
IN Put{1|2}:SLO Pe{1|2}

Figure 4-1 53220A/53230A input signal conditioning.

Table 4-1 is a summary of power-on/reset values for the signal conditioning

parameters.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 133

4 53220A/53230A Input Signal Conditioning

Table 4-1 Input channel reset/preset settings summary

Parameter Setting

Impedance 1 MΩ
Range (1:1 probe) 5V
Range (10:1) probe 50 V
Probe factor 1:1
Coupling AC
Low pass filter Off
Auto-level Enabled
Level (absolute) 0.0 V
Level (relative) 50%
Pulse Envelope (channel 3) -6 dB
Noise Rejection Disabled
Slope Positive

Input impedance

The input impedance of the 53220A/53230A counter can be set to either 50 Ω or

1 MΩ using the command:
INPut[{1|2}]:IMPedance {<impedance>|MINimum|MAXimum| DEFault} 
INPut[{1|2}]:IMPedance? [{MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}] 
 (query form)
The 50 Ω and 1 MΩ impedances allow for impedance matching (termination) and
bridging applications respectively.

Using probes If using a 1:1 or 10:1 probe, the input impedance of the counter
should be set to match the compatibility (e.g. 50 Ω, 1 MΩ, high Z) of the probe.
See “Setting the probe factor” for more information.

134 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Input Signal Conditioning 4

Following a reset (*RST) or front panel preset (Preset), the impedance is set to
1 MΩ. CONFigure and MEASure do not change the input impedance setting.

Impedance example
//period measurement of expected 10 MHz signal, 
//maximum resolution, use channel 1
CONF:FREQ 0.1E6,MAX,(@1)
INP:IMP 1.0E6  //set impedance to 1 Mohm

Input protection
The maximum input voltage (including any DC offset) allowed with 50 Ω input
impedance is ±5.125 Vp. If the input voltage exceeds ~ ± 10.0 Vp, the input
protection relay opens - changing the input impedance to 1 MΩ.. (The display and
Impedance softkey will still indicate a 50 Ω setting however.)
With the relay open, the corresponding channel key flashes until the input voltage
is removed or red uced below the damage threshold and the key is pressed. This
sets the impedance back to 50 Ω.
To programmatically determine if the protection relay has been opened, the
command:
INPut[{1|2}]:PROTection?
queries the relay state (0 = relay closed, 1 = relay open). With the input voltage
removed or red uced below the damage threshold, the protection relay is reset
(closed) with the command:
INPut[{1|2}]:PROTection:CLEar
setting the input impedance back to 50 Ω.

Voltage overload bit The opening of the input protection relay corresponds to
the ‘Voltage Overload’ bit (bit 0) being set in the counter’s Questionable Condition
and Questionable Event registers. The bit in the Condition register is cleared by
the INPut:PROTection:CLEar command or by changing the input impedance to
1 MΩ. The bit in the Event register is cleared by reading the register. See
Chapter 8, "Instrument Status" for more information.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 135

4 53220A/53230A Input Signal Conditioning

Input range

The signal operating ranges (input ranges) of the 53220A/53230A counter are
±5.0 V, ±50 V,and ±500 V and are dependent on the probe factor. The range is set
using the command:
INPut[{1|2}]:RANGe {<range>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}
INPut[{1|2}]:RANGe? [{MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}](query form)
When a 1:1 probe factor is selected (see “Setting the probe factor”), the available
ranges are 5.0 V and 50.0 V. When a 10:1 probe factor is selected the available
ranges are 50.0 V and 500.0 V.
CONFigure and MEASure do not change the input range setting. Following a reset
(*RST) or a front panel preset (Preset), the range is set to 5.0 V.

Using auto scale

For input signals greater than 100 Hz, Auto Scale detects the signal on the input
channel and sets the range to 5V or 50V depending on the amplitude. Auto Scale
is not the same as an instrument preset which sets a default range of 5 V.

Range example
//period measurement of expected 10 MHz signal, 
//maximum resolution, use channel 1
CONF:PER 0.1E‐6,MAX,(@1)
INP:IMP 1E6 //set impedance to 1 Mohm
INP:RANG 50 //set 50V range

Setting the probe factor

136 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Input Signal Conditioning 4

For better access to test points on the device under test (DUT), Keysight
recommends its N2870A, N2873A, and N2874A Passive Probes for use with the
53220A/53230A counter. The 35 MHz (BW) N2870A 1:1 probe and the 500 MHz
N2873A and 1.5 GHz N2874A 10:1 probes are popular accessories commonly
used with Keysight oscilloscopes.
When using probes with the counter, specifying a probe factor references and
displays threshold levels and p-p levels relative to actual levels on the DUT,
rather than to the level at the channel input. The probe factor is set with the
command:
INPut[{1|2}]:PROBe {<factor>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}
INPut[{1|2}]:PROBe? [{MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}]
(query form)
Probe factor settings are 1 for a 1:1 probe (N2870A), and 10 for a 10:1 probe
(N2873A or N2874A). When set to 1, the counter ranges are 5 V and 50 V. When
set to 10, the counter ranges are 50 V and 500 V.

Probe input compatibility The input compatibility of the N2870A and N2873A
probes is 1 MΩ respectively. The compatibility of the N2874A is 50 Ω. Each is
compatible with the counter’s 20 pF input capacitance. When using a probe, the
counter input impedance should be set accordingly (1MΩ, 50 Ω).
CONFigure and MEASure do not change the probe factor setting. Following a
reset (*RST) or an instrument preset (SYSTem:PRESet or Preset key), the probe
factor is set to 1.

Input coupling

The input to the 53220A/53230A counter is either DC (direct) coupled or AC

(capacitive) coupled, and is set using the command:
INPut[{1|2}]:COUPling {AC|DC}
INPut[{1|2}]:COUPling?    (query form)

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 137

4 53220A/53230A Input Signal Conditioning

AC coupling removes the signal’s DC content and centers the signal at 0 V. The
measurable frequency range (channels 1 and 2) with AC coupling is:
– AC = 10 Hz - 350 MHz
– DC = 1 mHz - 350 MHz
DC coupling extends the frequency range across the full bandwidth of the
instrument (1 mHz - 350 MHz). CONFigure and MEASure do not change the
coupling setting. Following a reset (*RST) or front panel preset (Preset), the
coupling is set to AC.
When selecting AC or DC coupling, the amplitude of the input signal must also be
considered. DC coupling is applicable for most measurements, especially those
requiring a specific trigger level. Rather than reducing the signal amplitude by
changing the counter range, AC coupling can be used to bring the signal in
contact with the hysteresis window defined by the trigger level. This is
represented in Figure 4-2 (also see “Threshold level and sensitivity”).

input signal with DC offset

trigger point
programmed trigger level
reset point
VU VU

}
VC
} VC
VL VL
0V 0V

Hysteresis window

DC coupling AC coupling

Figure 4-2 Using AC coupling to reach trigger points.

Settling time between dc and ac coupling

There is an inherent settling time when changing from DC to AC coupling. As a
measure of this time, a signal with a 5V DC component (DC coupled) will typically
center around 0V (AC coupled) in one second.

138 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Input Signal Conditioning 4

Coupling example
//period measurement of expected 10 MHz signal, 
//maximum resolution, use channel 1
CONF:PER 0.1E‐6,MAX,(@1)
INP:COUP AC //set AC coupling

Bandwidth limiting (low-pass) filter

For measurement applications of 100 kHz or less, a 100 kHz low-pass filter can be
enabled within the signal path to eliminate noise introduced by higher-frequency
components of the input signal.
The bandwidth filter is switched into the signal path using the command:
INPut[{1|2}]:FILTer[:LPASs][:STATe] {OFF|ON}
INPut[{1|2}]:FILTer[:LPASs][:STATe]?  (query form)
On - enables the filter. OFF - disables the filter.
Figure 4-3 shows the effects on the instrument’s measurable frequency range
when the filter is enabled.

1 mHz 10 Hz 100 kHz

DC AC

Figure 4-3 Measurable frequency range with bandwid th filter enabled.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 139

4 53220A/53230A Input Signal Conditioning

From the figure:

– DC coupling = 1 mHz - 100 kHz
– AC coupling = 10 Hz - 100 kHz
CONFigure and MEASure do not change the filter setting. Following a reset
(*RST) or front panel preset (Preset), the low-pass filter is disabled (off).

Threshold level and sensitivity

The threshold level is the trigger (input) level at which the counter begins the
signal count (i.e. measurement). This level is the center of the hysteresis band -
the band which represents counter sensitivity. For a count to occur, the signal
must cross the upper and lower limits of the band in opposite directions
(polarities). Figure 4-4 identifies these characteristics and conditions of the input
signal. The dynamic range of the input signal is indicated on the front panel.

140 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Input Signal Conditioning 4

INPut{1|2}:LEVel{1|2}
SYSTem:ALEVel:FREQuency
INPut{1|2}:LEVel{1|2}:AUTO
INPut{1|2}:LEVel{1|2}:RELative
INPut3:BURSt:LEVel
INPut{1|2}:NREJect

trigger point
threshold level
VU
signal operating range

VC Hysteresis band

dynamic range
(p-p sensitivity)
VL

reset point

positive slope INPut{1|2}:LEVel:MAXimum?

INPut{1|2}:SLOPe{1|2}
0
negative slope
front panel dynamic range indicator
INPut{1|2}:LEVel:PTPeak?
INPut{1|2}:LEVel:MINimum?

Figure 4-4 Input signal threshold level and sensitivity.

Specifying an absolute threshold level

The input threshold level can be specified as an absolute value. An absolute level
is set with the command:
INPut[{1|2}]:LEVel[{1|2}][:ABSolute] {<volts>|MINimum|
MAXimum|DEFault} 
INPut[{1|2}]:LEVel[{1|2}][:ABSolute]? [{MINimum|MAXimum|
DEFault}]      (query form)

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 141

4 53220A/53230A Input Signal Conditioning

Absolute threshold levels for the input ranges are:

– 5 V range: ± 5.125 V (2.5 mV resolution)
– 50 V range: ± 51.25 V (25 mV resolution
– 500 V range (w/10:1 probe): ± 512.5 V (250 mV resolution)
LEVel/LEVel1 sets the absolute threshold for all measurements except rise/fall
time and single-channel time interval. For rise/fall time measurements, LEVel/
LEVel1 sets the lower reference and LEVel2 sets the upper reference. For
single-channel time interval, LEVel/LEVel1 sets the absolute threshold for the
start event and LEVel2 sets the threshold for the stop event.
Setting an absolute level d isables the counter’s auto-level function.
CONFigure and MEASure enable auto-leveling and set the threshold to 50%. A
reset (*RST) or front panel preset (Preset) also enables auto-leveling and sets the
threshold to 50%.

If auto-leveling is enabled, querying the absolute level on the current

NOTE measurement channel returns the corresponding threshold voltage. If the
channel is not the measurement channel, 9.91E+37 (not a number) is returned.
Level2 can only be queried for rise/fall time and single-channel time interval
measurements. Querying Level2 during other measurement functions returns
9.91E+37 (not a number).

Using auto-level

Automatic setting of the input threshold level is based on the positive and
negative peaks of the input signal. Auto-level is enabled with the command:
INPut[{1|2}]:LEVel[{1|2}]:AUTO {OFF|ON|ONCE}
INPut[{1|2}]:LEVel[{1|2}]:AUTO?  (query form)
OFF disables auto-leveling; ON enables auto-leveling. Auto-level ONCE
immediately sets an auto-level and then disables auto-leveling.

142 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Input Signal Conditioning 4

When auto-level is enabled, the threshold level is specified as a percentage (%) of

the peak-to-peak input voltage (see “Setting relative threshold levels”).
The CONFigure and MEASure commands enable auto-leveling and set a 50%
threshold level. A reset (*RST) or front panel preset (Preset) also enables
auto-leveling at a 50% threshold level.

Setting relative threshold levels

Relative threshold levels are percentages of the peak-to-peak input signal
amplitude. Relative thresholds are set with the command:
INPut[{1|2}]:LEVel[{1|2}]:RELative {<percent>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}
INPut[{1|2}]:LEVel[{1|2}]:RELative? [{MINimum|MAXimum| DEFault}] 
(query form)
Threshold values are from 10% to 90% with 5% resolution. In order to specify a
relative threshold level, auto-level must be enabled.
LEVel/LEVel1 sets the relative threshold for all measurements except rise/fall
time and single-channel time interval. For rise/fall time measurements, LEVel/
LEVel1 sets the lower reference and LEVel2 sets the upper reference. For
single-channel time interval, LEVel/LEVel1 sets the relative threshold for the
start event and LEVel2 sets the threshold for the stop event.
CONFigure and MEASure set the threshold to 50% and enable auto-leveling. A
reset (*RST) or front panel preset (Preset) also sets the threshold to 50% and
enables auto-leveling.

Relative threshold example

//set a relative trigger threshold
CONF:FREQ 1E6, 0.1, (@1) // measure 1 MHz signal
INP:IMP 50   // set impedance 50 ohms
INP:RANG 5 // set range to 5V
INP:COUP AC // set AC coupling
INP:LEV:REL 30  // threshold level at 30%

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 143

4 53220A/53230A Input Signal Conditioning

Measuring low frequency signals

For all counter functions, auto-level should not be used for frequencies <50 Hz.
Threshold levels should be set using absolute values (see “Specifying an absolute
threshold level”).
The MEASure command should not be used with frequencies less than 50 Hz as
the command configures the counter (including enabling auto-level) and makes
an immediate measurement.
For frequencies in this range, use the CONFigure command and turn off
auto-level by specifying an absolute threshold level. For example:
//measure a 10 Hz signal
CONF:FREQ 10, (@1)  // measure 10 Hz signal
INP:IMP 50  // set impedance to 50 ohms
INP:RANG 5 // set range to 5V
INP:COUP AC // set AC coupling
INP:LEV 1   // 1V threshold, turns off auto‐level
INIT    // take reading

Input coupling and threshold levels

Figure 4-5 shows a scale of how relative thresholds apply to the input signal.
When the signal includes a DC offset, the absolute value of a relative threshold is
a function of the input coupling (AC or DC).

144 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Input Signal Conditioning 4

100%
(Vmax:)

100%
(Vmax:)
0%
(Vmin:)
0V

0%
(Vmin:)
DC coupling AC coupling

Figure 4-5 Input coupling and relative threshold levels.

For example, a 3 Vpp input signal with a 2 VDC offset and DC coupling would
have a Vmax: value of 3.5V and a Vmin value of 0.5V (Vmax, Vmin, and Vpp are
viewable on the front panel). With AC coupling, Vmax and Vmin would be ±1.5V
respectively.
If a 30% relative threshold is specified for the DC-coupled signal described above,
the corresponding (absolute) value is 1.4 V. The same relative threshold for an
AC-coupled signal has an absolute value of -0.6 V.
The absolute value of any relative threshold level can be queried using:
INPut[{1|2}]:LEVel[{1|2}][:ABSolute]?
or computed as:
Vmin + (% threshold x Vpp)
level w/DC coupling: 0.5 + (0.30 x 3) = 1.4 V
level w/AC coupling: ‐1.5 + (0.30 x 3) = ‐0.6 V

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 145

4 53220A/53230A Input Signal Conditioning

System auto-level range

Auto-leveling is available for two input frequency ranges: 50 Hz to < 10 kHz and
frequencies > 10 kHz. The auto-level period is shorter for frequencies >10 kHz
when an (auto-level) frequency range is set from the front panel or specified by
the command:
SYSTem:ALEVel:FREQuency {<frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum| DEFault}
SYSTem:ALEVel:FREQuency? [{MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}]
(query form)
The frequency parameter values are:

Frequencies Frequencies
Interface
> 10 kHz 50 Hz to < 10 kHz
Front Panel Fast Slow
10.0E3 50.0
SCPI
Maximum MINimum

A frequency setting of 10 kHz decreases the auto-level period for all frequencies
>10 kHz. A frequency setting of 50 Hz provides auto-leveling for frequencies
down to 50 Hz. The frequency selected should be based on the lowest expected
frequency in the measurement.
The auto-level frequency is a system setting which applies to all counter
channels, and should be noted when making two-channel measurements.

146 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Input Signal Conditioning 4

The default setting is 50 Hz. The value is stored in non-volatile memory and does
not change when power is cycled or following a reset (*RST) or a front panel
preset (Preset). CONFigure and MEASure enable auto-level and set a relative
threshold of 50%, but do not change the auto-level frequency.

System auto-level range example

CONF:FREQ 100E6, (@1)  // measure 100 MHz signal
SYST:ALEV:FREQ 10.0E3 // set auto‐level frequency
INP:IMP 50  // set impedance to 50 ohms
INP:RANG 5 // set range to 5V
INP:COUP AC // set AC coupling
INP:LEV:REL 65 // set 65% relative threshold

Burst measurement detector threshold

All 53230A burst measurements are relative to the pulse width. The ‘on’ portion of
the pulse width is established by a -6 dB and -12 dB detector threshold.
Figure 4-6 is an example of the thresholds relative to the peak amplitude of the
burst signal.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 147

4 53220A/53230A Input Signal Conditioning

PRI / PRF

-6 dB (on) -6 dB (off)

- 6 dB
- 12 dB
p-p
amplitude

- 12 dB (on) - 12 dB (off)

Figure 4-6 -6 dB and /-12 dB detector thresholds.

The detector threshold and, therefore, the ‘on’ portion of the pulse width must be
considered when making burst measurements such as positive (on) width and
negative (off) width. This threshold is set with the command:
INPut3:BURSt:LEVel {<dB>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}
INPut3:BURSt:LEVel? [{MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}] 
(query form)
The dB levels are -6 and -12, and are nominal (i.e. non-specified) values.
CONFigure and MEASure do not change the detector threshold setting. Following
a reset (*RST) or front panel preset (Preset), the threshold is set to -6 dB.
This command and burst measurement capability are only available on the
53230A counter with channel 3 Option 106 or 115 (6 GHz or 15 GHz microwave
input) and Pulse Microwave Measurement Option 150.

148 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Input Signal Conditioning 4

Detector threshold example

//configure a positive (on) width measurement on channel 3
CONFigure:PWIDth:BURSt (@3)
INP3:BURS:LEV ‐12 // set ‐12 dB detector threshold

Noise rejection (hysteresis)

Threshold sensitivity (Figure 4-4) to the input signal is a function of the amount of
noise rejection or hysteresis. Noise rejection (the hysteresis band) at the counter
input is increased or decreased with the command:
INPut[{1|2}]:NREJection {OFF|ON}
INPut[{1|2}]:NREJection? (query form)
ON enables noise rejection, thus increasing hysteresis and decreasing sensitivity by
50%. This setting should be used when noise is present in the signal environment.
However, if the threshold level is close to a peak amplitude (positive or negative),
a count will not occur if the signal does not cross both hysteresis levels due to the
increased hysteresis band. OFF disables noise rejection which decreases
hysteresis and increases sensitivity.
CONFigure and MEASure do not change the noise rejection setting. Following a
reset (*RST) or instrument preset (Preset), noise rejection is disabled (off).

Noise rejection from bandwidth limiting For input signals up to 100 kHz,
reducing the counter’s bandwidth from 350 MHz to 100 kHz (see “Bandwidth
limiting (low-pass) filter”) also provides noise rejection. Additional noise rejection
for frequencies in this range is then obtained through INPut:NREJection ON.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 149

4 53220A/53230A Input Signal Conditioning

Time interval errors Using noise rejection with time interval measurements
results in time interval errors due to errors in setting the threshold level and the
effects of hysteresis on the trigger and reset points (Figure 4-4). These errors are
dependent on the input signal slew rate at each trigger point.

Noise rejection example

//period measurement of expected 10 MHz signal, 
//use channel 1
CONF:PER 0.1E‐6,.001,(@1)
INP:IMP 1.0E6 //set impedance to 1 Mohm
INP:RANG 50 //set range to 50
INP:COUP AC //set AC coupling
INP:LEV 3   //set 3V threshold level (absolute)
INP:NREJ ON  //enable noise rejection

Threshold slope

The slope (edge) of the input signal on which the threshold level occurs is
specified with the command:
INPut[{1|2}]:SLOPe[{1|2}] {POSitive|NEGative}
INPut[{1|2}]:SLOPe{1|2}]?  (query form)
POSitive - the trigger point occurs on the positive (rising) edge. The reset point
occurs on the negative (falling) edge (Figure 4-4).
NEGative - the trigger point occurs on the negative edge, with the reset point
occurring on the positive edge.
The slope setting does not apply to pulse width, duty cycle, or rise/fall time
measurements (i.e. measurements with pre-defined slopes).

150 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Input Signal Conditioning 4

For single-channel time interval measurements, SLOPe/SLOPe1 sets the edge for
the start event and SLOPe2 sets the edge for the stop event.
CONFigure and MEASure do not change the slope setting. Following a reset
(*RST) or instrument preset (Preset), the positive (rising) slope is selected.

Input slope example

//set the threshold slope
CONF:FREQ 1E6, 0.1, (@1)  // measure 1 MHz signal
SYST:ALEV:FREQ 10E3 // set minimum auto‐level frequency
INP:IMP 50  // set impedance to 50 ohms
INP:RANG 5  // set range to 5V
INP:COUP AC // set AC coupling
INP:LEV:REL 70  // 70% threshold level
INP:SLOP POS // trigger on positive slope

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 151

4 53220A/53230A Input Signal Conditioning

Measuring Input Signal Levels and Signal Strength

Minimum, maximum, and peak-to-peak levels of the input signal are indicated on
the bottom of the counter’s main measurement display area and an example is
included in Figure 4-4. These characteristics of the peak-to-peak signal can also
be measured with the commands:
INPut[{1|2}]:LEVel:MINimum? (minimum value of p‐p signal)
INPut[{1|2}]:LEVel:MAXimum? (maximum value of p‐p signal)
INPut[{1|2}]:LEVel:PTPeak? (p‐p amplitude)
The minimum and maximum values include any DC levels (offsets) present with
the signals. The counter’s input impedance also affects the amplitude at the input.

Channel 3 signal strength

The relative signal strength on channel 3 Option 106 or 115 (6 GHz or 15 GHz
microwave input) is displayed on the counter and can also be measured with the
command:
INPut3:STRength?

152 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Input Signal Conditioning 4

The colors and the relative strengths returned by the command indicate the
following:

Color Strength Description

Signal strength too low. May not be able to make measurement. For
None 0 continuous wave (CW) measurements signal power must be >-27 dBm.
For pulse measurements signal power must be >-13 dBm.
Yellow 1 Signal strength weak, but acceptable.
Green 2,3 Good signal.
Signal may have exceeded level at which an accurate measurement can be
Red 4 made (>+19 dBm CW, >+13 dBm pulse). Signal levels >+27 dBm may
damage the instrument.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 153

4 53220A/53230A Input Signal Conditioning

THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

154 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Keysight 53220A/53230A 350 MHz Universal Frequency Counter/
Timer
User’s Guide

5 Triggering and Gating

Settings Summary 156
Trigger and Gate Cycle 157
Measurement Gate 168

53220A/53230A counter measurements are made by triggering the instrument

and gating the input signal to select the portion or duration during which the
input signal is measured.
This chapter covers the counter’s trigger and gate cycles as they relate to counter
measurements.

155
5 Triggering and Gating

Settings Summary
Table 5-1 is a summary of power-on/reset settings for the trigger and gating
parameters covered in this section.

Table 5-1 Trigger and gate settings summary.

Parameter Setting Parameter Setting
Trigger Gate
Gate start source External
Gate external source External
Gate start slope Negative
Trigger source Immed iate Gate start delay source Immed iate
Trigger slope Negative Gate start delay events 1
Trigger delay 0.0s Gate start delay time 0.0s
Trigger count 1 Gate stop source External
Sample count 1 Gate stop slope Positive
Gate stop holdoff source Immed iate
Gate stop holdoff events 1
Gate stop holdoff time 0.0s
Frequency
Frequency gate source Time
Frequence gate time 0.1s
Frequency gate polarity Negative
Frequency mode Auto
Frequency burst gate auto On
Frequency burst gate delay 0.0s
Frequency burst gate narrow Off
Frequency burst gate time 1 us
Time Interval
Time interval gate source Immed iate
Time interval gate polarity Negative
Totalize
Totalize gate source Time
Totalize gate time 0.1s
Totalize gate polarity Negative

156 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Triggering and Gating 5

Trigger and gate time line

Triggering and gating are part of every counter measurement. The relationship of
these actions relative to the measurement are shown in the time line of Figure 5-1.

Measurement
Gate Stop Enabled Complete
gate
Gate Start Enabled opens
Making measurement

Auto Gate
Input events received are ignored Gate enabled
Extension

Trigger Delay Start Gate Delay Stop Holdoff

(Time) (Time, Events) (Time, Events)
Trigger
Gate 1st Input Gate
INIT:IMMediate Start Event Final Event
Stop
Gate sequence: repeated for each reading per trigger

Figure 5-1 Triggering and gating time line.

Trigger and Gate Cycle

The elements of triggering and gating summarized in Figure 5-1 are shown in
detail in the programming cycle of Figure 5-2. The following sections contain
descriptions and examples of each step in the cycle.

The SCPI commands and parameters listed throughout this chapter are provided
NOTE as a guide to how the counter is operated programmatically. The commands are
described in detail in the ‘Programmer’s Reference’ section of the Keysight
53210A/53220A/53230A Product Reference CD.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 157

5 Triggering and Gating

System Trigger

ABORt
*RST Idle state

TRIGger:SOURce Trigger Source

TRIGger:SLOPe Trigger Slope

TRIGger:DELay Trigger Delay

TRIGger:COUNt Trigger Count

SAMPle:COUNt
Sample Count

INITiate:IMMediate
READ? Wait-for-trigger state Yes
MEASure?

No triggers received
=
TRIGger:COUNt?

trigger received

Yes
Triggered state

No # readings
=
SAMPle:COUNt?

(to gate cycle)

(repeated for each reading in sample count)
(from gate cycle)

Figure 5-2 Trigger and gate cycle - triggering.

158 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Triggering and Gating 5

(to SAMPle COUNt reached?)

shown first sequentially (from Triggered State)
set last programmatically

SENSe:FREQuency:GATE:SOURce
TIME
SENSe:TOTalize:GATE:SOURce Gate Source
SENSe:TINTerval:GATE:SOURce IMMediate
EXTernal

* not available with time interval

INPut[1]* | INPut2 *
ADVanced Gate Start (open)
IMMediate
SENSe:GATE:STARt:SOURce Gate Start Source (internal)

EXTernal
SENSe:FREQuency:GATE:TIME
SENSe:GATE:EXTernal:SOURce External Gate Source SENSe:TOTalize:GATE:TIME
SENSe:TINTerval:GATE:SOURce IMMediate
BNC
INPut[1] | INPut2 *

SENSe:GATE:STARt:SLOPe Gate Slope

Gate Stop (closed)

SENSe:GATE:STARt:DELay:SOURce Gate Delay

IMMediate

(measurement complete)
(delay disabled)
SENSe:GATE:STARt:DELay:EVENts
(input channel)
SENSe:GATE:STARt:DELay:TIME (for all EXTernal Sources)

Gate Start (open) Gate In/Out BNC Disable

OUTPut:STATe OFF
SENSe:GATE:STOP:HOLDoff:SOURce

Gate Stop Hold Off Gate Start (open)

SENSe:GATE:STOP:HOLDoff:EVENts IMMediate
(input channel) (holdoff disabled)
SENSe:GATE:STOP:HOLDoff:TIME
SENSe:FREQuency:GATE:POLarity
SENSe:TOTalize:GATE:POLarity
IMMediate SENSe:TINTerval:GATE:POLarity
SENSe:GATE:STOP:SOURce Gate Stop Source
(internal)
INPut[{1|2}]:LEVel[{1|2}][:ABSolute]
EXTernal

SENSe:GATE:EXTernal:SOURce External Gate Source

EXTernal / INPut[1]* | INPut2 * Gate Stop (closed)
SENSe:GATE:STOP:SLOPe Gate Slope

Gate Stop (closed) (measurement completes on next edge of

input signal after gate is closed)

Gate stop source does not apply to rise/fall auto gate extension
time, duty cycle, pulse width, phase, and
single-period measurements (frequency and period measurements)

Figure 5-2 Trigger and gate cycle - gating (cont’d)

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 159

5 Triggering and Gating

System Trigger
The counter operates in one of three states depending on the status of the system
trigger: idle, wait for trigger, and triggered.

Idle state
Counter configuration generally occurs while the instrument is in the idle state
(Figure 5-3). This includes configuration of the system trigger.
As shown, the counter is placed in the idle state by either of the following the
commands:
ABORt - aborts a measurement in progress.
*RST - resets the counter to its factory default values.
The counter also returns to the idle state after the total number of measurements
determined by the TRIGger:COUNt and SAMPle:COUNt settings are complete
(i.e. # of measurements = TRIGger:COUNt x SAMPle:COUNt).

160 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Triggering and Gating 5

ABORt
*R S T
Idle state
return to idle state w h en
(# rea ding s = T R IG g er:C O U N t x S A M P le:C O U N t)

T R IG ge r:S O U R ce T rigger S ource

T R IG ge r:S LO P e T rigg er S lo pe

T R IG g er:D E L ay T rigger D elay

T R IG ge r:C O U N t T rigger C o unt

S A M P le :C O U N t S am ple C ount

Figure 5-3 System trigger sequence.

System trigger source

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 161

5 Triggering and Gating

The system trigger is configured using the commands within the TRIGger and
SAMPle subsystems. Figure 5-3 show the sequence in which the commands are
commonly used.
The system trigger source which starts the trigger/gate cycle is set with the
command:
TRIGger:SOURce {IMMediate|EXTernal|BUS}
TRIGger:SOURce?   (query form)
– trigger source IMMediate sets a continuous trigger signal. By default,
CONFigure sets the trigger source to IMMEDiate.
– trigger source EXTernal sets the trigger source to an external trigger applied
to the rear panel ‘Trig In’ BNC connector.
– trigger source BUS causes the instrument to be triggered by the *TRG
command received over an IO interface.

Trigger source example

//configure for frequency, set system trigger parameters
CONF:FREQ 5E6,0.1,(@2)
TRIG:SOUR EXT  // trigger source external

System trigger slope

When the system trigger source is set to EXTernal, the triggering slope (edge) of
the signal is set with the command:
TRIGger:SLOPe {POSitive|NEGative}
TRIGger:SLOPe?  (query form)

162 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Triggering and Gating 5

– trigger slope POSitive selects the signal’s rising edge, and trigger slope
NEGative selects the signal’s falling edge. The signal is applied to the
‘Trig In’ BNC. By default, CONFigure sets the trigger slope to NEGative.

Trigger slope example

//configure for frequency, set system trigger parameters
CONF:FREQ 5E6,0.1,(@2)
TRIG:SOUR EXT  // trigger source external
TRIG:SLOP POS  // trigger slope ‐ positive

System trigger delay

The delay between receipt of the internal or external system trigger signal and the
start of the first measurement (Figure 5-1) is set with the command:
TRIGger:DELay {<time>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault} 
TRIGger:DELay? [{MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}]  (query form)
– specifies the delay in seconds. Delays between subsequent measurements (i.e.
multiple readings per trigger - see SAMPle:COUNt) are set with the
SENSe:GATE:STARt:DELay commands. CONFigure and MEASure set a
default delay of 0.0 s.

Trigger delay example

//configure for frequency, set system trigger parameters
CONF:FREQ 5E6,0.1,(@2)
TRIG:SOUR EXT  // trigger source external
TRIG:SLOP POS   // external trigger slope ‐ positive
TRIG:DEL 1   // 1s delay after trigger received

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 163

5 Triggering and Gating

System trigger count

The number of system triggers the counter will receive before returning to the idle
state from the wait-for-trigger state is set with the command:
TRIGger:COUNt {<count>|MINimum|MAXImum|DEFault}
TRIGger:COUNt? [{MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}]   (query form)
The trigger count range is 1 to 1,000,000. CONFigure and MEASure set a default
trigger count of ‘1’.

Trigger count example

//configure for frequency, set system trigger parameters
CONF:FREQ 5E6,0.1,(@2)
TRIG:SOUR EXT  // trigger source external
TRIG:SLOP POS  // external trigger slope ‐ positive
TRIG:DEL 1    // 1s delay after trigger received
TRIG:COUN 2  // accept 2 system triggers

Sample count

The trigger count multiplied by the sample count (TRIG:COUN x SAMP:COUN)

determines the number of readings taken before the counter returns to the idle
state. The sample count is set with the command:
SAMPle:COUNt {<count>| MINimum|MAXImum|DEFault} 
SAMPle:COUNt? [{MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}]  (query form)

164 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Triggering and Gating 5

The count range is 1 to 1,000,000. CONFigure and MEASure set a default sample
count of ‘1’.
Reading memory can store up to 1,000,000 readings. If the product of the trigger
count and the sample count is greater than 1,000,000 readings, data must be
read from reading memory fast enough to prevent memory overflow. If memory
does overflow, new readings will overwrite the first (oldest) readings stored. The
most recent readings are always preserved. See Chapter 8, "Instrument Status"
for information on monitoring reading memory count.

Sample count example

//configure for frequency, set system trigger and sample
//count parameters; take 2 sets of 100 readings
CONF:FREQ 5E6,0.1,(@2)
TRIG:SOUR EXT  // trigger source external
TRIG:SLOP POS  // external trigger slope ‐ positive
TRIG:DEL 1    // 1s delay after trigger received
TRIG:COUN 2  // accept 2 system triggers
SAMP:COUN 100  // take 100 rdgs for each trigger

The trigger count and sample count are ignored when making continuous
NOTE totalize measurements. The trigger count is also ignored when making
continuous, gap-free frequency or period measurements. Only one trigger is
accepted when using these functions. See the ‘Programmer’s Reference’ section
of the Keysight 53210A/53220A/53230A Product Reference CD for more
information.

Wait-for-trigger and triggered states

In order for the counter to accept triggers which start the trigger and gate cycle,
the counter must be initiated. Initiating the counter places the instrument in the
wait-for-trigger state (Figure 5-4).

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 165

5 Triggering and Gating

INITiate:IMMediate
READ?
W ait-for-trigger state
Yes
MEASure?

No triggers received
=
TRIGger:COUNt?

trigger received

Yes
Triggered state

No # readings
=
SAMPle:COUNt?

(to gate cycle)

(repeated for each reading in sample count
(from gate cycle)

Figure 5-4 The counter ‘wait-for-trigger’ state.

The counter can be initiated using the following commands:

INITiate[:IMMediate] 
– places the counter in the wait-for-trigger state. In this state, trigger signals are
recognized and accepted. Readings taken after the counter is initiated by
INITiate[:IMMediate] are displayed and stored in the counter’s reading
memory (see Chapter 7, "Formats and Data Flow" for more information).

166 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Triggering and Gating 5

Initiating example
//configure for frequency, set system trigger parameters 
CONF:FREQ 5E6,0.1,(@2)
TRIG:SOUR EXT // trigger source external
TRIG:SLOP POS  // external trigger slope ‐ positive
TRIG:DEL 1  // 1s delay after trigger received
TRIG:COUN 2   // accept 2 system triggers
SAMP:COUN 100  // take 100 readings per system trigger
INIT  // initiate the counter ‐ wait for trigger state
FETc?  // retrieve measurements from reading memory
READ? 
– equivalent to executing INITiate:IMMediate directly followed by FETCh?.
With READ?, readings are displayed, stored in reading memory, and
instantaneously read into the output buffer (see Chapter 7, "Formats and Data
Flow" for more information).

READ? example
//configure for frequency, set system trigger parameters 
CONF:FREQ 5E6,0.1,(@2)
TRIG:SOUR EXT  // trigger source external
TRIG:SLOP POS   // external trigger slope ‐ positive
TRIG:DEL 1   // 1s delay after trigger received
TRIG:COUN 2   // accept 2 system triggers
SAMP:COUN 100  // take 100 readings per system trigger
READ? //initiate the counter ‐ fetch readings from memory
Once initiated, a valid trigger signal and a satisfied delay period (if specified)
moves the counter to the triggered state and the beginning of the gate cycle. The
counter remains in the triggered state until the sample count (readings per
trigger) is reached. The counter then returns to the wait-for-trigger state until the
next system trigger is received. The counter returns to the idle state once the
product of the trigger count x sample count is reached.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 167

5 Triggering and Gating

Measurement Gate
Control of the measurement gate allows you to select the duration of the
measurement. The gating sequence of the trigger/gate cycle begins after a
system trigger signal is received, and is repeated for each measurement specified
in the sample count.

The gate sequence occurs while the counter is in the triggered state
NOTE (Figure 5-2). Although shown in the figure after the counter is initiated, gate
configuration like system trigger configuration, occurs while counter is in the
idle state.

Counter measurements are based on configurations comprised of multiple

NOTE parameters. The easiest and most common starting point for setting these
parameters programmatically is using commands within the CONFigure and
MEASure subsystems (Chapter 3). These subsystem commands are considered
“high-level”, as multiple counter parameters are set or defaulted from a single
command. “Low- level” commands such as the gating commands described
here allow you to change selected gating parameters without altering other
areas of the counter configuration.

Gate set up
The counter’s gate source determines the path through the gate cycle and the
related parameters that must be considered. A gate source is required for all
frequency, totalizing, and time interval measurements.
Although selection of the gate source is shown at the beginning of the cycle
(Figure 5-2 and Figure 5-5), programmatically it should occur after all other gate
parameters have been set. This prevents potential “settings conflict” errors
between the SENSe subsystem commands, and is illustrated in the examples and
program segments that use these commands.

168 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Triggering and Gating 5

(from Triggered State)

shown first sequentially (to SAMPle COUNt reached?)
set last programmatically

SENSe:FREQuency:GATE:SOURce TIME
SENSe:TOTalize:GATE:SOURce Gate Source
SENSe:TINTerval:GATE:SOURce IMMediate
EXTernal
INPut[1] | INPut2 *
* not available with time interval
Gate Start (open)
ADVanced

SENSe:FREQuency:GATE:TIME
SENSe:TOTalize:GATE:TIME
SENSe:TINTerval:GATE:SOURce IMMediate

Gate Stop (closed)

(measurement complete)
(for all EXTernal Sources)

Gate In/Out BNC Disable

OUTPut:STATe OFF
Gate Start (open)

SENSe:FREQuency:GATE:POLarity
SENSe:TOTalize:GATE:POLarity
SENSe:TINTerval:GATE:POLarity

INPut[{1|2}]:LEVel[{1|2}][:ABSolute]

Gate Stop (closed)

Figure 5-5 Gate source sequence.

Typical counter measurements and most applications use an internal signal as the
gate source to control the gate for a specified (or default) period of time.
For applications requiring synchronization with external events or requiring more
precise gate control, an external gate or advanced gating is used. External gate
signals are applied to the counter’s rear panel ‘Gate In/Out’ BNC or to the channel
1 or channel 2 input.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 169

5 Triggering and Gating

Frequency measurements

For frequency and period measurements the command used to set/change the
gate source is:
[SENSe:]FREQuency:GATE:SOURce {TIME|EXTernal|INPut[1]| INPut2|ADVanced}
[SENSe:]FREQuency:GATE:SOURce?  (query form)
– gate source TIME is used to achieve a desired resolution in number of d igits. It
uses an internal gate signal and is the default gate source. It enables the gate
to remain open for a specified period while the input signal is measured. The
longer the gate time, the greater the resolution.

Resolution and gate time

Reading resolution (in digits) is a function of the counter’s gate time,
measurement mode (AUTO, CONTinuous, RECiprocal - Chapter 3), and
resolution enhancement algorithm. Resolution enhancement (RE), which is
defined in the 53220A/53230A data sheet, extends the resolution beyond what is
achieved with the basic reciprocal measurement technique. Resolution
enhancement applies to the counter’s AUTO or CONTinuous mode with gate times
>10 msec.

170 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Triggering and Gating 5

Table 5-2 shows the digits of resolution achieved with the 53230A and 53220A for
a given gate time. The table also includes formulas for estimating digits as a
function of gate time or expected values, and gate times as a function of digits.

Table 5-2 Resolution and gate time.

Gate Time Resolution Resolution
(53230A) (Digits) Calculating Digits and Gate Time
(Digits)
(Reciprocal Mode)
(Tss = 20 ps) Auto/Continuous Reciprocal
1 usec 4.7 4.7
10 usec 5.7 5.7
Digits as a function of gate time:
100 usec 6.7 6.7
1 msec 7.7 7.7 Digits = Log10(gate time/Tss)
10 msec up to 10* 8.7
100 msec up to 11* 9.7
1 sec up to 12* 10.7
10 sec up to 13* 11.7
100 sec up to 14* 12.7 Digits as a function of expected value
(CONFigure, MEASure)
1000 sec up to 15* 13.7 usec
Gate Time Resolution Resolution Digits = Log10(expected value) -
(53220A) (Digits) (Digits) Log10(resolution)
(Tss = 100 ps) Auto Reciprocal
100 usec 6 6
1 msec 7 7
10 msec up to 10* 8
100 msec up to 11* 9 Gate time as a function of digits:

1 sec up to 12* 10
gate time = (10^d igits) * Tss
10 sec up to 13* 11
100 sec up to 14* 12
1000 sec up to 15* 13
* Resolution Enhanced

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 171

5 Triggering and Gating

Setting the gate time

A measurement gate time can be specified directly with the command:

[SENSe:]FREQuency:GATE:TIME {<time>|MINimum|MAXimum| 
DEFault}
[SENSe:]FREQuency:GATE:TIME? {MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}
(query form)
CONFigure and MEASure automatically set the gate source to TIME, and the gate
time according to their optional expected value and resolution parameters.
Specifying these parameters or using default values with these commands
simplifies counter programming. However, setting/changing the gate time
separate from the CONFigure/MEASure command allows you to change only the
gate time while preserving other configuration settings.

Querying the gate time The gate time set by the expected value and resolution
parameters can be determined after execution of the CONFigure or
MEASure command.
For example, assume a measurement requiring 10-digit (mHz) resolution of a
5 MHz signal is required. Because digits of resolution is approximately equal to
Log10 (expected value) ‐ Log10 (resolution), this measurement could be
configured as:
MEAS:FREQ? 5e6, 5E‐4, (@1) // expected freq, resolution
A typical measurement using this configuration might return:
+4.99998458333282E+006
With the counter display registering:
4.999 984 583 3MHz (11 digits ‐ resolution enhanced)

172 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Triggering and Gating 5

Querying the gate time after sending this command returns:

SENS:FREQ:GATE:TIME?
+1.00000000000000E‐001  (100 ms)
From Table 5-2 and assuming a 53230A counter and measurement mode Auto,
this corresponds to 11 digits of resolution. To achieve a desired resolution (digits)
in terms of gate time, locate the number of digits in Table 5-2 and select the
corresponding gate time:
SENS:FREQ:GATE:TIME 100e‐3  // set gate time = 100 ms
SENS:FREQ:GATE:SOUR TIME // set gate source
As another example, assume a measurement requiring 6-digit resolution of a 5 ns
(200 MHz) signal. Recalling that Log10 (expected value) ‐ Log10 
(resolution) is approximately equal to digits of resolution, the measurement
can be configured as:
MEAS:PER? 5E‐9, 5E‐15, (@1) // per meas of 200 MHz signal
A typical measurement using this configuration might return:
+5.00010899135045E‐009
With the counter display registering:
5.000 10nsec (6 digits)
Querying the gate time after sending this command returns:
SENS:FREQ:GATE:TIME?
+1.00000000000000E‐005  (10 us ‐ no resolution enhancement)
Again using Table 5-2, if a resolution of 6-digits is required the corresponding
gate time can be located and sent directly as:
SENS:FREQ:GATE:TIME 10e‐6  // set gate time = 10 us

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 173

5 Triggering and Gating

External gate sources

Gate sources EXTernal, INPut[1], and INPut2 are external sources. EXTernal
is the counter’s rear panel ‘Gate In/Out’ BNC, and INPut[1]/ INPut2
(represented by softkeys Chan 1 and Chan 2) are the counter’s channel 1 and
channel 2 inputs.

OUTput:STATe OFF must be set when using gate source EXTernal. See

NOTE “Enabling gate signals on the ‘gate in/out’ BNC” for more information and for
information on using gate signals to synchronize other instruments.

External gate signal polarity

When using any external gate source the polarity of the gate signal and therefore,
the duration of the gate, is set or changed with the command:
[SENSe:]FREQuency:GATE:POLarity {POSitive|NEGative}
[SENSe:]FREQuency:GATE:POLarity?  (query form)

174 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Triggering and Gating 5

POSitive starts the measurement on a positive edge on the Gate In/Out BNC or
channel 1/channel 2 input, and stops the measurement on the next negative
edge. NEGative starts the measurement on a negative edge on the Gate In/Out
BNC or channel 1/channel 2 input, and stops the measurement on the next
positive edge.
CONFigure and MEASure do not change the polarity setting. Following a reset
(*RST) or instrument preset (SYSTem:PRESet or Preset key), the negative edge is
selected.
To set the polarity of the external gate signal:
// select the gate polarity and source
CONF:PER
SENS:FREQ:GATE:POL POS   // set polarity
SENS:FREQ:GATE:SOUR EXT   // set source

External gate signal threshold

For external sources INPut[1] and INPut2 (Chan 1 and Chan 2 softkeys), a fixed
input threshold voltage must be specified in addition to the gate signal polarity.
This is done using the command:
INPut[{1|2}]:LEVel[{1|2}][:ABSolute]{<volts>|MINimum|
MAXimum|DEFault}
INPut[{1|2}]:LEVel[{1|2}][:ABSolute]?[{MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}] 
  (query form)

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 175

5 Triggering and Gating

The specified edge (polarity) of the gate signal crossing the threshold opens the
gate. The opposite edge (polarity) of the signal crossing the threshold closes the
gate. (More information on the INPut subsystem can be found in CChapter 4,
"53220A/53230A Input Signal Conditioning".)
When using external sources INPut[1] and INPut2, the channel selected as the
gate source cannot be the same channel on which the measured signal is applied.
That is, the gate source channel cannot be involved in the measurement.
To set the polarity and level for an external gate source:
// select the gate polarity, source, and threshold level
CONF:FREQ
SENS:FREQ:GATE:POL POS   // set polarity
SENS:FREQ:GATE:SOUR INP // set source ‐ channel 1
INP:LEV 4   // set threshold ‐ 4V

Gate source ADVanced

Gate source ADVanced enables extended control of the gate signal through the
counter’s SENSe:GATE commands (see Advanced gate control - gate start and
Advanced gate control - gate stop hold off and gate stop later in this chapter).

Totalizing

176 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Triggering and Gating 5

Setting the gate source

For gated counts of events (edges) on the input channels configured by:
CONFigure:TOTalize:TIMed 
The command used to set or change the gate source is:
[SENSe:]TOTalize:GATE:SOURce {TIME|EXTernal|INPut[1]| INPut2|ADVanced}
[SENSe:]TOTalize:GATE:SOURce?  (query form)
– gate source TIME enables totalizing on the input channels for a specified
period.

Setting the gate time

The gate time is set with the command:
[SENSe:]TOTalize:GATE:TIME {<time>|MINimum|MAXimum|
INFinity|DEFault}
[SENSe:]TOTalize:GATE:TIME? {MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}
(query form)
CONFigure and MEASure automatically set the gate source to TIME, and the gate
time to the value of their gate_time parameter.
To specify a gate time and source directly for totalizing:
// set gate time and source
SENS:TOT:GATE:TIME 10  // set gate time = 10s
SENS:TOT:GATE:SOUR TIME // set gate source 

External gate sources

Gate sources EXTernal, INPut[1], and INPut2 are external sources. EXTernal
is the counter’s rear panel ‘Gate In/Out’ BNC, and INPut[1]/INPut2 (represented
by softkeys Chan 1 and Chan 2) are the counter’s channel 1 and channel 2 inputs.

OUTput:STATe OFF must be set when using gate source EXTernal. See

NOTE “Enabling gate signals on the ‘gate in/out’ BNC” for more information and for
information on using gate signals to synchronize other instruments.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 177

5 Triggering and Gating

External gate signal polarity

When using the external gate sources, the polarity of the gate signal and
therefore, the duration of the gate, is set or changed with the command:
[SENSe:]TOTalize:GATE:POLarity {POSitive|NEGative}
[SENSe:]TOTalize:GATE:POLarity?  (query form)
POSitive starts totalizing on a positive edge on the Gate In/Out BNC or channel
1/channel 2 input, and stops totalizing on the next negative edge. NEGative
starts totalizing on a negative edge on the Gate In/Out BNC or channel 1/channel
2 input, and stops totalizing on the next positive edge.
CONFigure and MEASure do not change the polarity setting. Following a reset
(*RST) or instrument preset (SYSTem:PRESet or Preset key), the negative edge is
selected.
To set the polarity of the external gate signal:
// select the gate polarity and source
CONF:TOT:TIM
SENS:TOT:GATE:POL POS   // set polarity
SENS:TOT:GATE:SOUR EXT  // set source

178 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Triggering and Gating 5

External gate signal threshold

For external sources INPut[1] and INPut2 (Chan 1 and Chan 2 softkeys), a fixed
input threshold voltage must be specified in addition to the gate signal polarity.
These parameters are set with the commands:
INPut[{1|2}]:LEVel[{1|2}][:ABSolute]{<volts>|MINimum|
MAXimum|DEFault}
INPut[{1|2}]:LEVel[{1|2}][:ABSolute]?[{MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}] 
  (query form)
The specified edge (polarity) of the gate signal crossing the threshold opens the
gate. The opposite edge (polarity) of the signal crossing the threshold closes the
gate.
When using sources INPut[1] and INPut2, the channel selected as the gate
source cannot be the same channel on which input events are totalized. That is,
the gate source channel cannot be involved with the measurement.
To set the polarity and level when using an input channel as the gate source:
// select the gate polarity, source, and threshold level
CONF:TOT:TIM
SENS:TOT:GATE:POL POS   // set polarity
SENS:TOT:GATE:SOUR INP1  // set source ‐ channel 1
INP1:LEV 4   // set threshold ‐ 4V

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 179

5 Triggering and Gating

Gate source ADVanced 

Gate source ADVanced enables extended control of the gate signal through the
counter’s SENSe:GATE commands (see Advanced gate control - gate start and
Advanced gate control - gate stop hold off and gate stop).

Continuous totalizing

Continuous totalizing as configured by the command:

CONFigure:TOTalize:CONTinuous 
sets the gate source to TIME and the gate time to INFinity. The command also
sets the input threshold to 0.0 V and the edge (events that are totalized) to
positive. Refer to Chapter 4, "53220A/53230A Input Signal Conditioning" for
information on the commands in the INPut subsystem used to change these
parameters.

Reading the current count During continuous or timed totalizing with long
gate times, the current count can be read with the command:
[SENSe:]TOTalize:DATA?
For example:
CONF:TOT:CONT  // configure continuous totalizing
INIT  // start measurement
SENS:TOT:DATA? // query current count

180 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Triggering and Gating 5

ABOR  // terminate measurements

Time interval measurements

For time interval measurements, the command used to set/change the gate
source is:
[SENSe:]TINTerval:GATE:SOURce {IMMediate|EXTernal| ADVanced}
[SENSe:]TINTerval:GATE:SOURce?  (query form)
– gate source IMMediate uses an internal gate signal which starts the
measurement on the first event (edge/level) defined by the INPut subsystem,
and ends on the next (stop) event defined. The CONFigure commands set the
time interval gate source to IMMediate.
– gate source EXTernal is the counter’s rear panel ‘Gate In/Out’ BNC. Using an
external gate, the measurement begins on the first start event after the
external gate is received. The measurement ends following the stop event. The
start and stop events (edge/level) are defined by the INPut subsystem.

OUTput:STATe OFF must be set when using gate source EXTernal. See

NOTE “Enabling gate signals on the ‘gate in/out’ BNC” for more information and for
information on using gate signals to synchronize other instruments.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 181

5 Triggering and Gating

External gate signal polarity

When using an external gate source, the polarity of the gate signal is changed
with the command:
[SENSe:]TINTerval:GATE:POLarity {POSitive|NEGative}
[SENSe:]TINterval:GATE:POLarity?  (query form)
POSitive enables a time interval measurement following a positive edge on the
Gate In/Out BNC. NEGative enables a time interval measurement following a
negative edge on the Gate In/Out BNC. For either edge, the measurement begins
on the first start event after the (gate) edge.
Following a reset (*RST) or instrument preset (SYSTem:PRESet or Preset key), the
negative edge (polarity) is selected.

Gate source ADVanced

Gate source ADVanced enables extended control of the gate signal through the
counter’s SENSe:GATE commands (see Advanced gate control - gate start and
Advanced gate control - gate stop hold off and gate stop later in this chapter).
The following example shows configuration of a time interval measurement
beginning with high-level configuration of the counter, setting up the start and
stop events, and changing the polarity and gate source.
//configure the counter for a time interval measurement //using external 
gating to start the measurement
CONF:TINT (@1),(@2) // time int between ch1/ch2
INP1:LEV1 2  // set start level (event)
INP1:SLOP1 POS // set start event polarity
INP2:LEV1 2 // set stop level (event)
INP2:SLOP1 NEG  // set stop event polarity

182 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Triggering and Gating 5

SENS:TINT:GATE:POL POS  // set gate signal polarity
SENS:TINT:GATE:SOUR EXT // external gate source

Enabling gate signals on the ‘gate in/out’ BNC

For timing and synchronization with other instruments gate signals from sources
Time (internal), IMMediate (internal), and INPut[1]/INPut2
(Chan 1 and Chan 2 softkeys) can be routed to the rear panel ‘Gate In/ Out’
connector and assigned a polarity using the commands:
OUTPut[:STATe] {OFF|ON}
OUTPut[:STATe]?    (query form)
OUTPut:POLarity {NORMal | INVerted}
OUTPut:POLarity? (query form)
ON enables “Gate Out” - gate signals are routed to the rear panel BNC. OFF
disables “Gate Out” - the BNC is an external (“Gate In”) source. Therefore,
OUTPut:STATe OFF must be set when the gate source is EXTernal.
NORMal - the polarity of the gate signal output from the "Gate Out" BNC is a
rising (positive) edge. INVerted - the gate signal polarity is a falling (negative)
edge.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 183

5 Triggering and Gating

Burst carrier frequency measurements

The 53230A counter with channel 3 Option 106 or 115 (6 GHz or 15 GHz
microwave input) and Pulse Microwave Measurement Option 150 enables
measurement of the burst carrier frequency. A representation of the carrier
frequency is shown in Figure 5-6.

‘on’
time

- 6 dB
p-p
amplitude

burst carrier frequency

Figure 5-6 Burst carrier frequency (-6 dB threshold).

See Chapter 4, "Burst measurement detector threshold" for more information on

NOTE burst pulse characteristics.

184 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Triggering and Gating 5

Setting narrow pulse mode

For carrier frequency measurements with ‘on durations’ (Figure 5-6) less than 10
μs, narrow pulse mode must be set using the command:
[SENSe:]FREQuency:BURSt:GATE:NARRow {OFF|ON}
[SENSe:]FREQuency:BURSt:GATE:NARRow?  (query form)
ON - enables narrow pulse mode for ‘on durations’ less than 10 μs. Automatic gate
set up (SENSe:FREQuency:BURSt:GATE:AUTO ON) is al ways used when narrow
mode is enabled.
OFF - disables narrow pulse mode. For ‘on durations’ greater than 20 μs, narrow
pulse mode must be disabled.
Following a reset (*RST) or instrument preset (SYSTem:PRESet or Preset key),
narrow pulse mode is disabled.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 185

5 Triggering and Gating

Carrier frequency gate control

Gate control for measuring the carrier frequency can occur automatically during
the measurement or be controlled manually as shown in Figure 5-7.

(from Triggered State)

SENSe:FREQuency:BURSt:GATE:NARRow
OFF
53230A Opt. 150 Narrow Pulse Mode

ON
ON
SENSe:FREQuency:BURSt:GATE:AUTO Gate Control

OFF
Automatic Gate Control
Manual Gate Control

SENSe:FREQuency:BURSt:GATE:TIME Burst Gate Time

SENSe:FREQuency:BURSt:GATE:DELay Burst Gate Delay

Figure 5-7 Carrier frequency measurement gate control.

186 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Triggering and Gating 5

The method of gate control is set with the command:

[SENSe:]FREQuency:BURSt:GATE:AUTO {OFF|ON}
[SENSe:]FREQuency:BURSt:GATE:AUTO?    (query form)
– when ON, the gate time and delay are automatically configured based on the
characteristics of the pulse signal. Following a reset (*RST) or instrument
preset (SYSTem:PRESet or Preset key), automatic gate control is enabled
(ON).
When OFF, the gate time and delay are set manually using the commands:
[SENSe:]FREQuency:BURSt:GATE:TIME {<time>|MINimum|
 MAXimum|DEFault}
[SENSe:]FREQuency:BURSt:GATE:TIME? [{MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}] 
(query form)
[SENSe:]FREQuency:BURSt:GATE:DELay {<delay>|MINimum|
MAXimum DEFault}
[SENSe:]FREQuency:BURSt:GATE:DELay? [{MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}] 
 (query form)
– time sets the gate time for measuring the pulse burst carrier frequency. For
accurate results, the gate window (open/close) must be within the threshold
detector’s (-6 dB, -12 dB) sensitivity range. The range for time is 1 μs to 100s
with 10 ns resolution.
Following a reset (*RST) or instrument preset (SYSTem:PRESet or Preset key), the
gate time is set to 1 μs.
– delay sets the gate delay at the start of the measurement. The delay starts
when the input level reaches the detector threshold (-6 dB, -12 dB) set by the
INPut3:BURSt:LEVel command. The delay range is 0 s to 10 s, with 10 ns
resolution.
Following a reset (*RST) or instrument preset (SYSTem:PRESet or Preset key), the
delay is set to 0.0 s.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 187

5 Triggering and Gating

Carrier frequency configuration example

The following example shows a typical configuration for a burst carrier frequency
measurement. In the example, the gate delay and gate time are set manually. If
the characteristics of the pulse are unknown, the “on time” can be measured
separately to insure that the delay and time are set within the threshold detector’s
sensitivity range (see Chapter 3 for more pulse measurement examples).
// measure the on time of the burst to determine 
// appropriate delay and gate times
CONF:PWID:BURS (@3)
INP3:BURS:LEV ‐6
READ?
.
.
// measure the burst carrier frequency
CONF:FREQ:BURS (@3)
INP3:BURS:LEV ‐6  // set detector threshold level
SENS:FREQ:BURS:GATE:NARR OFF // turn narrow mode off
SENS:FREQ:BURS:GATE:AUTO OFF // manually set delay/time
SENS:FREQ:BURS:GATE:DEL 5E‐6 // set gate delay
SENS:FREQ:BURS:GATE:TIME 10E‐6 // set gate time
READ?

188 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Triggering and Gating 5

Advanced gate control - gate start

Setting the gate source to ADVanced during configuration of frequency, totalizing,

and time interval measurements enables add itional (start/stop) control of the
measurement gate. Figure 5-8 repeats the gate start source section of the full
trigger/gate cycle shown in Figure 5-2.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 189

5 Triggering and Gating

shown first sequentially (from Triggered State)

set last program m atically

SENSe:FREQuency:GATE:SOURce
SENSe:TOTalize:GATE:SOURce Gate Source
SENSe:TINTerval:GATE:SOURce

ADVanced
* not available with tim e interval

IM M ediate
SENSe:GATE:STARt:SOURce Gate Start Source (internal)

EXTernal

SENSe:GATE:EXTernal:SOURce External Gate Source

BNC
INPut[1] | INPut2 *

SENSe:GATE:STARt:SLOPe Gate Slope

SENSe:GATE:STARt:DELay:SOURce Gate Delay

IM M ediate
SENSe:GATE:STARt:DELay:EVENts (delay disabled)
(input channel)

SENSe:GATE:STARt:DELay:TIM E

Gate Start (open)

Figure 5-8 Gate start sequence.

Gate start source

190 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Triggering and Gating 5

The specific command which sets the gate start (open) source is:
[SENSe:]GATE:STARt:SOURce {IMMediate|EXTernal}
[SENSe:]GATE:STARt:SOURce?  (query form)
– gate source IMMediate starts (opens) the measurement gate immediately
after a system trigger is received and following any programmed system
trigger and gate start delay.
– gate source EXTernal sets the gate source to be specified by the command:
[SENSe:]GATE:EXTernal:SOURce  {BNC|INPut[1]|INPut2}
[SENSe:]GATE:EXTernal:SOURce?  (query form)
– gate source BNC is the counter’s rear panel ‘Gate In/Out’ BNC.
– gate source INPut[1] and INPut2 (represented by softkeys Chan 1 and
Chan 2) are the counter’s channel 1 and channel 2 inputs. These sources are
not available for time interval, pulse wid th, d uty cycle, rise/fall time, or
phase measurements.

OUTput:STATe OFF must be set when using gate source BNC. See “Enabling
NOTE gate signals on the ‘gate in/out’ BNC” for more information and for information
on using gate signals to synchronize other instruments.

External gate start signal polarity

When using the external gate sources listed, the polarity of the start gate signal is
set (changed) with the command:
[SENSe:]GATE:STARt:SLOPe {POSitive|NEGative}
[SENSe:]:GATE:START:SLOPe? (query form)

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 191

5 Triggering and Gating

POSitive starts (opens) the gate on a positive edge on the Gate In/Out BNC or
channel 1/channel 2 input. NEGative starts the measurement on a negative edge
on the Gate In/Out BNC or channel 1/channel 2 input. The gate is stopped
(closed) based on the corresponding stop gate settings.
Following a reset (*RST) or instrument preset (SYSTem:PRESet or Preset key), a
negative slope is selected.

External gate start signal threshold

For external sources INPut[1] and INPut2 (Chan 1 and Chan 2 softkeys), a fixed
input threshold voltage must also be specified in addition to the gate signal slope.
This is done using the command:
INPut[{1|2}]:LEVel[{1|2}][:ABSolute]{<volts>|MINimum|
MAXimum|DEFault}
INPut[{1|2}]:LEVel[{1|2}][:ABSolute]?[{MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}] 
  (query form)
The specified edge (slope) of the gate signal crossing the threshold starts the
gate. (More information on the INPut subsystem can be found in Chapter 4,
"53220A/53230A Input Signal Conditioning")

192 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Triggering and Gating 5

When using external sources INPut[1] and INPut2, the channel selected as the
gate source cannot be the same channel on which the measured signal is applied.
That is, the gate start source channel cannot be involved in the measurement.

Gate start configuration example

The following example shows low-level user control of the start gate by setting
multiple parameters.
//configure the counter for an externally gated frequency
//measurement. The gate start signal is applied to the rear
//panel ‘Gate In’ BNC
CONF:FREQ (@2)  // frequency measurement on channel 2
TRIG:SOUR INT // use internal trigger source
SAMP:COUN 3 // set 3 readings (gate cycles)
SENS:GATE:STAR:SOUR EXT // set an external gate source
SENS:GATE:EXT:SOUR EXT  // select rear panel Gate In BNC
OUTP:STAT OFF  // disable BNC as an output
SENS:GATE:STAR:SLOP POS  // set a pos. start gate slope
SENS:FREQ:GATE SOUR ADV  // low‐level gate control

Setting a gate start delay

When using either an internal (immediate) or external signal to start (open) the
gate, a delay from when the signal is received to when the gate is started (opened)
can be specified. The delay source and its parameters are set with the commands:
[SENSe:]GATE:STARt:DELay:SOURce {IMMediate|EVENts|TIME}
[SENSe:]GATE:STARt:DELay:SOURce?  (query form)

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 193

5 Triggering and Gating

– delay source IMMediate disables the delay settings and no gate delay occurs.
CONFigure and MEASure do not change the delay source setting. Following a
reset (*RST) or instrument preset (SYSTem:PRESet or Preset key), delay source
IMMediate is selected.
– delay source EVENts delays the gate start (open) until a specified number of
events (edges) as configured by the INPut subsystem occur on the input
channel. For two-channel time interval measurements, delay events are
counted on the ‘start’ channel. For frequency ratio measurements, delay
events are counted on the ‘denominator’ channel.
The number of events is specified with the command:
[SENSe:]GATE:STARt:DELay:EVENts {<count>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}
[SENSe:]GATE:STARt:DELay:EVENts?  (query form)
– delay source TIME delays the gate start (open) for a period set by the
command:
[SENSe:]GATE:STARt:DELay:TIME {<time>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}
[SENSe:]GATE:STARt:DELay:TIME?   (query form)

194 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Triggering and Gating 5

Advanced gate control - gate stop hold off and gate stop
Advanced gate control also includes (optionally) enabling a gate stop hold off and
setting the gate stop (close) parameters. Figure 5-9 repeats the gate stop hold off
and gate stop sections of the full trigger/gate cycle shown in Figure 5-2.

(from Gate Start (open))

SENSe:GATE:STOP:HOLDoff:SOURce

Gate Stop Hold Off

SENSe:GATE:STOP:HOLDoff:EVENts IMMediate
(input channel) (holdoff disabled)
* not available with time interval
SENSe:GATE:STOP:HOLDoff:TIME

IMMediate
SENSe:GATE:STOP:SOURce Gate Stop Source
(internal)
EXTernal

SENSe:GATE:EXTernal:SOURce External Gate Source

EXTernal / INPut[1]* | INPut2 *

SENSe:GATE:STOP:SLOPe Gate Slope

Gate Stop (closed)

Gate stop source does not apply to rise/fall

time, duty cycle, pulse width, phase, and
single-period measurements

Figure 5-9 Gate stop hold off and gate stop sequence.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 195

5 Triggering and Gating

Gate stop hold off

The gate stop hold off delays the gate from stopping (closing) for a specified time
or until a specified number of events (edges) have occurred on the input channel.
For totalizing measurements or when specifying a hold off in terms of time, the
hold off begins when the gate opens. For all other measurements or when
specifying a hold off for a number of input events, the hold off begins on the first
event after the gate opens (Figure 5-1).

Gate stop hold off source

The gate stop holdoff source and its parameters are set with the commands:
[SENSe:]GATE:STOP:HOLDoff:SOURce {IMMediate|EVENts|TIME}
[SENSe:]GATE:STOP:HOLDoff:SOURce? (query form)
– holdoff source IMMediate disables the hold off settings and no gate holdoff
occurs. The gate closes immediately after the gate stop parameters are
satisfied.
CONFigure and MEASure do not change the hold off source setting. Following a
reset (*RST) or instrument preset (SYSTem:PRESet or Preset key), hold off source
IMMediate is selected (disabled).
– hold off source EVENts holds off the gate stop (close) until a specified number
of events (edges) as configured by the INPut subsystem occur on the input
channel. For two-channel time interval measurements, hold off events are
counted on the ‘stop’ channel. For frequency ratio measurements, hold off
events are counted on the ‘denominator’ channel.
The number of events is specified with the command:
[SENSe:]GATE:STOP:HOLDoff:EVENts {<count>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}
[SENSe:]GATE:STOP:HOLDoff:EVENts?  (query form)

196 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Triggering and Gating 5

– holdoff source TIME holds off the gate stop (close) for a period set by the
command:
[SENSe:]GATE:STOP:HOLDoff:TIME {<time>|MINimum|MAXimum| 
INFinity|DEFault}
[SENSe:]GATE:STOP:HOLDoff:TIME?   (query form)
Note for frequency, frequency ratio, average period, PRF, and PRI measurements,
the minimum gate stop (close) holdoff time is 100 usec for the 53220A, or 1 usec
for the 53230A.
INFinity or +9.9E+37 is accepted only for the TOTalize measurement function.
When selected, the gate remains open until an ABORt or *RST command or a
device clear is received.

Gate stop source

The gate stop source determines when the measurement gate is closed following
the stop hold off.

Setting a gate stop source does not apply to rise/fall time, duty cycle, pulse
NOTE wid th, phase, and single period measurements. These measurements complete
automatically on the next appropriate edge on the input channel.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 197

5 Triggering and Gating

The specific command which sets the gate stop source is:
[SENSe:]GATE:STOP:SOURce {IMMediate|EXTernal}
[SENSe:]GATE:STOP:SOURce?  (query form)
– gate source IMMediate stops (closes) the measurement gate immediately
following any gate stop hold off.
– gate source EXTernal sets the gate stop source to be specified by the
command:
[SENSe:]GATE:EXTernal:SOURce  {EXTernal|INPut[1]|INPut2}
[SENSe:]GATE:EXTernal:SOURce?  (query form)
– gate source EXTernal is the counter’s rear panel ‘Gate In/Out’ BNC.

– gate source INPut[1] and INPut2 (not available with time interval

measurements) are the counter’s channel 1 and channel 2 inputs (front or rear
panel - Opt. 201).

OUTput:STATe OFF must be set when using gate source EXTernal. See

NOTE “Enabling gate signals on the ‘gate in/out’ BNC” for more information and for
information on using gate signals to synchronize other instruments.

CONFigure and MEASure do not change the gate stop source setting. Following
a reset (*RST) or instrument preset (SYSTem:PRESet or Preset key), gate stop
source EXTernal is selected.

198 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Triggering and Gating 5

External gate stop signal polarity

When using the external gate sources listed above, the polarity of the stop gate
signal is set (changed) with the command:
[SENSe:]GATE:STOP:SLOPe {POSitive|NEGative}
[SENSe:]:GATE:STOP:SLOPe? (query form)
POSitive stops (closes) the gate on a positive edge on the Gate In/Out BNC or
channel 1/channel 2 input. NEGative stops the measurement on a negative edge
on the Gate In/Out BNC or channel 1/channel 2 input.
CONFigure and MEASure do not change the slope setting. Following a reset
(*RST) or instrument preset (SYSTem:PRESet or Preset key), a positive slope is
selected.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 199

5 Triggering and Gating

External gate stop signal threshold

For external sources INPut[1] and INPut2 (Chan 1 and Chan 2 softkeys), a fixed
input threshold voltage must also be specified in addition to the gate signal slope.
This is done using the command:
INPut[{1|2}]:LEVel[{1|2}][:ABSolute]{<volts>|MINimum|
MAXimum|DEFault}
INPut[{1|2}]:LEVel[{1|2}][:ABSolute]?[{MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}] 
  (query form)
The specified edge (slope) of the gate signal crossing the threshold stops the gate.
(More information on the INPut subsystem can be found in Chapter 4, "53220A/
53230A Input Signal Conditioning".)
When using external sources INPut[1] and INPut2, the channel selected as the
gate source cannot be the same channel on which the measured signal is applied.
That is, the gate start source channel cannot be involved in the measurement.

200 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Triggering and Gating 5

Gate hold off and stop configuration example

The following example shows the sequence commonly used when configuring the
stop gate hold off and stop gate using low-level commands.
//configure the counter for an externally gated time 
//interval measurement. The gate start and stop signals are
//applied to the rear panel ‘Gate In’ BNC. Gate closing is
//held off for 1 second after the stop gate signal is 
//received.
//
CONF:TINT (@1),(@2)  // time interval meas ch1‐ch2
TRIG:SOUR INT // use internal trigger source
TRIG:COUN 1 // specify one trigger
SAMP:COUN 2 // set 2 readings (gate cycles)
SENS:GATE:STAR:SOUR EXT  // set an external gate source
SENS:GATE:EXT:SOUR EXT  // select rear panel Gate In BNC
SENS:GATE:STAR:SLOP POS // set a pos. start gate slope
OUTP:STAT OFF  // disable BNC as an output
//
// configure hold off and stop gate
 //
SENS:GATE:STOP:HOLD:SOUR TIME // hold off source
SENS:GATE:STOP:HOLD:TIME 1 //hold off gate close for 1s
SENS:GATE:STOP:SOUR EXT // external stop gate source
SENS:GATE:EXT:SOUR EXT // select rear panel Gate In BNC
SENS:GATE:STOP:SLOP POS  // select pos. stop gate source
SENS:TINT:GATE SOUR ADV  // low‐level gate control
READ?  // initiate counter and take reading

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 201

5 Triggering and Gating

Automatic gate extension

Inherent to 53220A/53230A frequency and period measurements is automatic
gate extension in which the measurement ends one edge (event) of the input
signal after the gate is closed (stopped). Thus, the sample count
(SAMPle:COUNt) does not increment and cause a potential state change in the
trigger/gate cycle (Figure 5-2) until the gate extension is complete.

202 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Keysight 53220A/53230A 350 MHz Universal Frequency Counter/
Timer
User’s Guide

6 53220A/53230A Math,
Graphing, and
Data Logging
Math Functions 204
Histograms 222
Trend Charts 234
Data Logging 241
Graphics Functions and Reading Memory 246

The Keysight 53220A/53230A counter features math operations that allow you to
scale readings, test limits, and statistically analyze data. Its graphics functions
compute and display histograms and trend charts of real time measurement data.
This chapter provides information on how these features are used through the
SCPI CALCulate subsystem and with the front panel Math, Graph, and Data Log
keys.

203
6 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging

Math Functions
The 53220A/53230A counter math functions include smoothing, null/scale,
statistics, and limit checking. Figure 6-1 is a description of how the functions are
enabled.
The math functions are enabled at two levels: 1) the CALCulate[1] subsystem as
a whole is enabled, and 2) the individual math operation is enabled. Math
operations begin once the measurements are started either by
INITiate:IMMediate or READ?, or as soon as the operation is selected from the
front panel (with internal triggering). Readings are processed real time and
displayed, stored in reading memory, and sent to the output buffer (they are not
post-processed from reading memory).
The number of readings processed for a given trigger cycle (Chapter 5:
“Triggering and Gating”) is determined by the trigger count (TRIGger:COUNt) and
the number of readings per trigger (SAMPle:COUNt). The default trigger count
and sample count set by each command is ‘1’. Each time the counter is initiated
reading memory is cleared and a new set of math-processed data is generated.
From the front panel, readings are processed continually if the trigger source
remains at its default INTernal setting.
The math and graphics functions covered in this chapter are enabled individually
(Figure 6-1). However, multiple operations may be enabled at the same time and
performed on the same set of readings.

The SCPI commands and parameters listed throughout this chapter are provided
NOTE as a guide to how the counter is operated programmatically. The commands are
described in detail in the ‘Programmer’s Reference’ section of the Keysight
53210A/53220A/53230A Product Reference CD.

204 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging 6

CALCulate1:AVERage:STATe ON

CALCulate1:AVERage
(statistics)

CALCulate1:SCALe: STATe ON

CALCulate1:SMOothing:STATe ON CALCulate1:LIMit:STATe ON

INITiate:IMMediate
CALCulate1:SMOothing CALCulate1:SCALe CALCulate1:LIMit reading memory
(moving average) (scaling and offset) (limit checking)

measurement CALCulate2:TRANsform:HISTogram:STATe ON
data CALCulate1:STATe ON

CALCulate2:TRANsform:HISTogram
(histograms)

READ?
output
buffer

readings initiated by INITiate:IMMediate are sent to reading memory.

readings initiated by READ? are sent to reading memory and to the output buffer

Figure 6-1 Enabling the math operations.

Enabling the CALCulate1 subsystem

Individual math operations require the CALCculate1 subsystem and the specific
math operation to be enabled before the operation is performed. The command
used to enable the CALCulate1 subsystem is:
CALCulate[1][:STATe] {OFF|ON} 
CALCulate[1][:STATe]?  (query form)
ON enables the subsystem, OFF disables the subsystem. With the subsystem
d isabled, measurement data is sent directly to the output buffer and/or reading
memory with no math operations performed, regardless of any math operations
enabled.
A reset (*RST), instrument preset (SYSTem:PRESet), or changing the
measurement function disables the CALCulate1 subsystem.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 205

6 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging

Smoothing data

Measurements can be “smoothed” and scaled prior to performing math

operations on the incoming data.
To red uce random noise, a moving average (boxcar) filter can be inserted into the
data path (Figure 6-1). To enable the filter and specify the number of readings
(subset) to average, the following commands are used:
CALCulate[1]:SMOothing[:STATe] {OFF|ON}
CALCulate[1]:SMOothing[:STATe]? (query form)
CALCulate[1]:SMOothing:RESPonse {SLOW|MEDium|FAST}
CALCulate[1]:SMOothing:RESPonse?  (query form)
ON enables the moving average filter - placing it in the data path. OFF disables the
filter. A reset (*RST) or instrument preset (SYSTem:PRESet) disables the filter.
The number of readings to average is specified as:
SLOW - 100 readings: with +100 ppm change required to reset filter
MEDium - 50 readings: with +300 ppm change required to reset filter
FAST - 10 readings: with +1000 ppm change required to reset filter

206 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging 6

The filter is reset if the measurement function or channel is changed, if another set
of readings is initiated, or if a measurement is outside the range corresponding to
the number of readings specified (SLOW, MEDium, FAST).
After the filter is reset, the reading is the average of all readings up to the
specified response (10, 50, 100). At that point, the reading is the moving average
of the last 10, 50, or 100 measurements. Equal weighting is applied to all
measurements in the average.
A reset (*RST) or instrument preset (SYSTem:PRESet) sets the response to FAST.

Smoothing example
//frequency measurement of expected 1 kHz signal ‐ ch 1
//reduce noise on 5,000 readings
CONF:FREQ 1E3,(@1)
SAMP:COUN 5000 // take 5000 reading
CALC:STAT ON  // enable CALCulate1 subsystem
CALC:SMO:STAT ON  // enable moving average filter
  CALC:SMO:RESP SLOW // average 100 readings
INIT

Scaling functions
When scaling is enabled statistical analysis, limit checking, histograms, and trend
charts use scaled data. Figure 6-2 shows the display with scaling functions
enabled.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 207

6 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging

CALCulate1:SCALe:UNIT:STATe ON
CALCulate1:STATe ON CALCulate1:SCALe:UNIT

CALCulate1:SCALe:STATe ON

CALCulate1:SCALe:FUNCtion

Figure 6-2 53220A/53230A display with scaling functions enabled.

Enabling the scale functions

All 53220A/53230A scaling functions are enabled with the command:
CALCulate[1]:SCALe[:STATe] {OFF|ON}
CALCulate[1]:SCALe[:STATe]? (query form)
ON enables scaling. OFF disables scaling.
Following a reset (*RST) or instrument preset (SYSTem:PRESet), scaling is
disabled.

208 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging 6

Using the scale functions

The counter scaling functions include null, percent change (PCT), part per million
change (PPM), part per billion change (PPB), and scale (Mx‐B). The function is
selected with the command:
CALCulate[1]:SCALe:FUNCtion {NULL|PCT|PPM|PPB|SCALe}
CALCulate[1]:SCALe:FUNCtion?  (query form)
NULL - performs a null operation. The result is the measurement minus the
reference value. (See “Scale reference value” for information on setting the
reference).
PCT - performs a percent change operation. The result is the difference between
the measurement and the reference value, expressed in percentage.
PPM - performs a parts per million change operation. The result is the difference
between the measurement and the reference value, expressed in parts per million.
PPB - performs a parts per billion change operation. The result is the difference
between the measurement and the reference value, expressed in parts per billion.
SCALe - performs an Mx-B operation. The result is the measurement (x) multiplied
by the gain value M (CALCulate1:SCALe:GAIN command) minus the offset value
B (CALCulate1:SCALe:OFFSet). If CALCulate1:SCALe:INVert is enabled (On),
the measurement will first be inverted (1/x), resulting in a M/x-B operation.

Scaling function results must be in the range of ‐1.0E+24 to ‐1.0E‐24, 0.0, or

+1.0E‐24 to 1.0E+24. Results outside these limits will be replaced with
‐9.9E+37 (negative infinity), 0, or +9.9E+37 (positive infinity).
Following a reset (*RST) or instrument preset (SYSTem:PRESet), the scaling
function is set to NULL.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 209

6 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging

Scale reference value

The NULL, PCT, PPM, and PPB scaling functions require a reference value. For PCT,
PPM, and PPB the value cannot be ‘0’.The reference can be obtained automatically
or specified directly with the commands:
CALCulate[1]:SCALe:REFerence:AUTO {OFF|ON}
CALCulate[1]:SCALe:REFerence:AUTO?    (query form)
CALCulate[1]:SCALe:REFerence {<reference>|MINimum|MAXimum| DEFault}
CALCulate[1]:SCALe:REFerence? [{MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}]
(query form)
ON - automatically selects the first measurement as the reference for all
subsequent readings in the reading count (trigger count x sample count). OFF
disables automatic selection and requires the reference to be specified directly.
Following a reset (*RST) or instrument preset (SYSTem:PRESet), automatic
reference selection is enabled (ON).
<reference> - specifies the reference value directly. The reference is used for all
readings in the reading count.
Following a reset (*RST) or instrument preset (SYSTem:PRESet), a reference value
of 0.0 is set and automatic reference is enabled.
From the front panel, pressing Get New Reference takes a reference measurement
on the first trigger received after the key is pressed. A reference can be entered
manually by selecting Ref Value and using the knob or SHIFTed numeric keys.

210 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging 6

Reference example
//determine the percentage difference of 100 frequency 
//measurements to a reference value of 50000.000
CONF:FREQ 50E3,(@1)
SAMP:COUN 100 // take 100 readings
CALC:STAT ON  // enable CALCulate1 subsystem
CALC:SCAL:STAT ON  // enable scaling 
CALC:SCAL:FUNC PCT  // select scale function (PCT)
CALC:SCAL:REF 50.000E3  // set reference value
INIT

Scale gain and offset

The function CALCulate[1]:SCALe:FUNCtion SCALe performs an Mx-B
operation on each reading where M is the gain value, x is the reading, and B is the
offset. The gain value used in the equation is set with the command:
CALCulate[1]:SCALe:GAIN {<gain>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}
CALCulate[1]:SCALe:GAIN? [{MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}
(query form)
gain values can range from:
‐1.0E+15 to ‐1.0E‐15, 0.0,  +1.0E‐15 to  +1.0E+15 
The default gain is 1.0 and is the value set following a reset (*RST) or instrument
preset (SYSTem:PRESet).
The offset value (B) is set with the command:
CALCulate[1]:SCALe:OFFSet {<offset>|MINimum|MAXimum| DEFault}
CALCulate[1]:SCALe:OFFSet? [{MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}]
  (query form)
offset values can range from
‐1.0E+15 to ‐1.0E‐15,  0.0,  +1.0E‐15 to +1.0E+15
The default offset is 0.0 and is the value set following a reset (*RST) or instrument
preset (SYSTem:PRESet).

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 211

6 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging

Inverting the reading (1/x) Each reading as it is taken can be inverted prior to
its use in the Mx-B equation which thus becomes M/x-B. Inversion is enabled with
the command:
CALCulate[1]:SCALe:INVert {OFF|ON} 
CALCulate[1]:SCALe:INVert?  (query form)
ON - inverts the reading. OFF disables reading inversion.
Following a reset (*RST) or instrument preset (SYSTem:PRESet) reading inversion
is disabled.

When Invert x is enabled (On) the front panel reading units (Hz, sec) are turned
NOTE off. See “Assigning reading units” if displayed units are required.

Assigning reading units

212 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging 6

For ease in identifying readings from the front panel, a user-defined “units string”
can be assigned to any scale function. The user string replaces the
instrument-assigned measurement units (Hz, pct, ppm, ...). The unit prefix (μ, m,
k, M) remains.
The units string is displayed on the counter and defined using the commands:
CALCulate[1]:SCALe:UNIT:STATe {OFF|ON}
CALCulate[1]:SCALe:UNIT:STATe?  (query form)
CALCulate[1]:SCALe:UNIT "<units>"
CALCulate[1]:SCALe:UNIT? (query form)
ON - displays user-defined units on the front panel. OFF - turns off the
user-defined units.
units are one to four characters. Double quotes enclosing the string are
included in the command. The assigned units appear in the counter d isplay only.
Following a reset (*RST) or instrument preset (SYSTem:PRESet) user-defined
units are disabled.
From the front panel, units are entered by pressing the User Units softkey, enabling
the units (On), and using the rotary knob and arrows to enter and select the
character position.

Scaling example
The following example is a typical sequence of scaling commands from the SCPI
CALCulate[1] subsystem.
//Scale 500 readings (M/x‐B) and assign reading units
CONF:FREQ (@1)  // frequency measurement
SAMP:COUN 500 // 500 readings/trigger
SENS:FREQ:GATE:TIME .010 // set minimum gate time
CALC:STAT ON  // enable CALCulate1 subsystem
 CALC:SCAL:STAT ON  // enable scaling operation
CALC:SCAL:FUNC SCAL  // set scaling function = Mx‐B
CALC:SCAL:INV ON  // invert readings (M/x‐B)
CALC:SCAL:GAIN 100  // set gain (M)
CALC:SCAL:OFFS 0  // set offset (B)
CALC:SCAL:UNIT:STAT ON  // enable user‐defined units

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 213

6 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging

CALC:SCAL:UNIT "sec"  // assign units to readings 
INIT      // initiate readings
For an input frequency of 1 MHz, the counter should display readings of
approximately +100.00... usec.

Statistics
Statistical calculations are performed continually on readings as they are taken, or
until the total reading count (TRIGger:COUNt x SAMPle:COUNt) is reached. The
commands used to generate statistical data are covered in this section.
As mentioned, multiple operations can be enabled at the same time. Figure 6-3 is
an example with statistics and limit checking enabled.

CALCulate1:STATe ON CALCulate1:AVERage:STATe ON

CALCulate1:AVERage CLEar

Figure 6-3 Counter display with limit testing and statistics enabled.

214 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging 6

Enabling statistics
Before statistical calculations are performed they must be enabled using the
command:
CALCulate[1]:AVERage:STATe {OFF|ON}
CALCulate[1]:AVERage[:STATe]?  (query form)
ON - enables statistical calculations on the readings as they occur. Statistical data
includes: mean, standard deviation, Allan deviation, maximum value, minimum
value, and average peak-to-peak value.
OFF - disables statistics computation.
Following a reset (*RST) or instrument preset (SYSTem:PRESet), statistical
computations are disabled.

Reading count
Statistical calculations start when Math and the Statistics function are enabled. The
number of readings on which a given set of statistics are based is shown as the
Count value (Figure 6-3). The count can also be queried with the command:
CALCulate[1]:AVERage:COUNt:CURRent?
The count can be read at any time after the measurements have been initiated (i.e.
INITiate:IMMediate, READ?, MEASure?).
Following a reset (*RST) or instrument preset (SYSTem:PRESet), the count is set
to ‘1’.

Mean, standard deviation, minimum value, maximum value

The mean (average), standard deviation, minimum value, and maximum value for
the current reading count can be determined with the command:
CALCulate[1]:AVERage:ALL?
If the readings have been scaled (see “Scaling functions”), the statistics are based
on the scaled readings.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 215

6 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging

Example: Enabling and computing statistics

The following example returns the mean, standard deviation, minimum value, and
maximum value for a set of 500 readings. The trigger count setting, although it
defaults to ‘1’, is shown for completeness. A ‘wait’ statement is included to delay
the analysis until all readings are complete.
CONF:FREQ (@1)  // frequency measurement on ch 1
 TRIG:COUN 1  // trigger count is 1
SAMP:COUN 500  // 500 readings per trigger
SENS:FREQ:GATE:TIME 10e‐3  // 10 ms gate time
CALC:STAT ON   // enable CALCulate1 subsystem
CALC:AVER:STAT ON  // enable statistics
INIT  // initiated the measurements
*WAI  // wait for all rdgs to complete
CALC:AVER:ALL?  // compute statistics
Typical data returned for this command is:
mean std. dev
+5.50020355962701E+006  +2.59738014535884E+006
min value max value
+1.04179550991303E+006,  +9.94903904473447E+006

Average value, minimum value, maximum value, average peak-to-peak

value
Individual characteristics of a given set of readings can be determined using the
following commands. Before any of the commands are used, statistics must be
enabled with CALCulate[1]:AVERage:STATe ON.
CALCulate[1]:AVERage:AVERage? 
– returns the average (mean) of all readings in the reading count.
CALCulate[1]:AVERage:MINimum?
– returns the minimum value of all readings in the current reading count.
CALCulate[1]:AVERage:MAXimum?
– returns the maximum value of all readings in the current reading count.

216 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging 6

CALCulate[1]:AVERage:PTPeak?
– returns the average peak-to-peak value (average maximum value - average
minimum value) of all readings in the reading count.

Example: Computing individual statistics

The following example shows these reading parameters queried individually.
CONF:PER (@1)  // configure period measurement
    TRIG:COUN 2  // trigger count = 2
    SAMP:COUN 100  // 100 rdgs per trigger
SENS:FREQ:GATE:TIME 10e‐3  // 10 ms gate time
CALC:STAT ON  // enable CALCulate1 subsystem
CALC:AVER:STAT ON  // enable statistics
INIT  // initiate the measurements
*WAI  // wait for all rdgs to complete
CALC:AVER:MIN?  // query individual parameters
CALC:AVER:MAX?
CALC:AVER:AVER?
CALC:AVER:PTP?

Allan deviation
Allan deviation which is used to estimate stability, is selectable from the front
panel (Figure 6-3) or can be enabled with the command:
CALCulate[1]:AVERage:ADEViation?
Allan deviation is used for frequency and period measurements only, and requires
continuous (gap-free) measurements (SENSe:FREQuency:MODE CONTinuous) for
highest accuracy. Continuous mode is available with the 53230A only.
Allan deviation is also available with the 53220A; however, the 53220A does not
support continuous (gap free) measurements.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 217

6 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging

Example: Setting up an Allan deviation measurement (53230A)

CONF:FREQ (@1)  // frequency measurement on ch 1
TRIG:COUN 1   // set trigger count
SAMP:COUN 300 // take 300 readings
SENS:FREQ:MODE CONT   // set continuous gap‐free mode
SENS:FREQ:GATE:TIME 1e3 // 1 ms gate time
CALC:STAT ON   // enable CALCulate1 subsystem
CALC:AVER:STAT ON  // enable statistics
INIT  // initiated the measurements
*WAI  // wait for all rdgs to complete
CALC:AVER:ADEV?  // compute Allan deviation

Standard deviation
Standard deviation is available with both counters using the command:
CALCulate[1]:AVERage:SDEViation?
The CALCulate1 subsystem and statistics must also be enabled before the
standard deviation can be determined.

Clearing/resetting statistics
The current set of reading statistics is clear by any of the following:
– enabling statistical functions - CALCulate[1]:AVERage[:STATe] ON
– a new measurement cycle - INITiate:IMMediate, READ?, MEASure?
– sending a new SCPI command or changing a current SCPI parameter
– a reset or instrument preset - *RST, SYSTem:PRESet
These steps also clear all read ings in reading memory. To clear statistics without
clearing reading memory, the following command is used:
CALCulate[1]:AVERage:CLEar[:IMMediate]

218 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging 6

Limit checking
Limit checking enables counter measurements to be compared on a
reading-by-reading basis to a lower limit and upper limit.
Limits that are exceeded are reported in the counter’s Questionable Data register
(bits 11 and 12). Register definitions and are contained in Chapter 8.
When enabled, limit checking appears on the counter display as shown in
Figure 6-4.

CALCulate1:STATe ON

CALCulate1:LIMit:STATe ON

CALCulate1:LIMit:UPPer CALCulate1:LIMit:CLEar
CALCulate1:LIMit:LOWer

Figure 6-4 53220A/53230A limit checking.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 219

6 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging

Enabling limit checking

Limit checking is enabled with the command:
CALCulate[1]:LIMit[:STATe] {OFF|ON} 
CALCulate[1]:LIMit[:STATe]?    (query form)
ON - enables limit checking.
OFF disables (bypasses) limit checking. Enabling limit checking enables both
lower and upper limit boundaries.

Setting lower and upper limits

Lower and upper limits are set using the commands:
CALCulate[1]:LIMit:LOWer[:DATA] {<value>}|MINimum|MAXimum| DEFault}
CALCulate[1]:LIMit:LOWer[:DATA]? |MINimum|MAXimum| DEFault}
(query form)
CALCulate[1]:LIMit:UPPer[:DATA] {<value>}|MINimum|MAXimum| DEFault}
CALCulate[1]:LIMit:UPPer[:DATA]? |MINimum|MAXimum| DEFault}
(query form)
The lower limit and upper limit value ranges are:
‐1.0E+15 to ‐1.0E‐15,  0.0,  1.0E‐15 to 1.0E+15
The default limits and the limits set following a reset (*RST) or instrument preset
(SYSTem:PRESet) are 0.0.
When using limits, both a lower limit and an upper limit must be specified. Any of
the following steps will prevent a “settings conflict” error (e.g. lower limit greater
than upper limit) due to the order in which limits are set:
– setting the upper limit first
– setting both limits on the same line programmatically
– enabling limit testing after the limits are set
To programmatically determine if a reading (or readings) outside the limit
boundaries has occurred, the command:
STATus:QUEStionable:EVENt?

220 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging 6

is used to read the Questionable Data register. A value of +2048 (bit 11) indicates
a reading below the lower limit. A value of +4096 (bit 12) indicates a reading
above the upper limit. Reading the register also clears all bits in the register (see
“Clearing limit conditions).

Example: Limit checking

The following is an example of enabling and using limit checking.
CONF:FREQ (@1)  // configure measurement
    SAMP:COUN 500  // check limit on 500 rdgs
CALC:STAT ON  // enable math operations
CALC:LIM:STAT ON  // enable limit checking
    CALC:LIM:LOW 99.9E3;UPP 100.1E3 // set limits 
INIT  // initiate the measurements
*WAI  // wait for readings to complete
STAT:QUES:EVEN?  // query questionable data register
Notice that the limits are set on the same line to prevent a settings conflict error.
This Error can also be avoided by enabling limit checking after the limits are set.

Clearing limit conditions

The ‘Limit’ annunciator is turned off and bits 11 and 12 (only) in the Questionable
Data Register are cleared by any of the following:
– enabling limit checking - CALCulate[1]:LIMit[:STATe] ON
– a new measurement cycle - INITiate:IMMediate, READ?, MEASure?
– sending a new SCPI command or changing a current SCPI parameter
– a reset or instrument preset - *RST, SYSTem:PRESet
These steps also clear all read ings in reading memory. (*RST and
SYSTem:PREset additionally reset the lower and upper limits to 0.0.)
To turn off the ‘Limit’ annunciator and clear only the limit-sensing bits (11/12 in
the Condition register) without clearing reading memory, the following command
is used:
CALCulate[1]:LIMit:CLEar[:IMMediate]

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 221

6 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging

Histograms
The distribution for a given set of counter measurements (except continuous
totalize and time stamp measurements) can be represented graphically using
the 53220A/53230A histogram feature. The following example (Figure 6-5)
represents the basic format of a counter histogram.

Bins = classes = points

UR = Histogram upper range boundary
LR = Histogram lower range boundary

count LR UR

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Rdgs < LR Bins Rdgs > UR

Figure 6-5 53220A/53230A histogram structure.

Note that histograms and math functions (e.g. statistics, scaling, limits, etc.) can
be used simultaneously with the same measurement data.

222 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging 6

Viewing histograms

At power-on or when the front panel Preset key is pressed, numeric data is
displayed. Remotely, histograms can be displayed by changing the display mode
using the command:
DISPlay[:WINDow]:MODE {NUMeric|HISTogram|TCHart}
DISPlay[:WINDow]:MODE?  (query form)
The Graph key followed by the Histogram softkey enables and automatically starts
histograms from the front panel. Histograms can also be turned off from the
softkey menu.
Remotely, a reset (*RST) or instrument preset (SYSTem:PRESet) does not change
the display mode.
Histograms correspond to readings in reading memory - starting at the time the
histogram is enabled and ending when the product of the trigger count
(TRIGger:COUNt) and sample count (SAMPle:COUNt) is reached. If triggering is
continuous (i.e. internal), the histogram continually updates from the point it was
enabled.
Figure 6-6 describes the information provided in a typical histogram window.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 223

6 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging

X Max: maximum reading across all bins Function

X Min: minimum reading across all bins Channel
Bin Size: (X Max – X Min)/number of bins Histogram reading count

Corresponds to bin with largest

number of entries and expressed as:

- an exact count within the bin Histogram

(Max Count) Window

- the bin’s percentage of the total

reading count (Max %)

Rdgs < LR Bin Rdgs > UR Bin

(out of range) (out of range)

Mkr 1: maximum value within bin at marker location

Mkr 2: maximum value within bin at marker location
Span: difference in maximum values between
locations
Bin: Marker location and reading count
within bin (or percent of total reading
count if ‘Show %’)

Span: number of bins between and

including marker locations

%: percentage or number of readings

within the span

Bin indices
position window - for marker, zoom,
and pan adjustment the decimal
position (i.e. 1000's, 100's, 10's, 1's)
highlighted by the arrow keys sets
the amount of movement (coarse –
fine) for each tick of the rotary knob.

Figure 6-6 Histogram display format.

224 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging 6

Histogram configuration
Histograms are configured using the softkeys and commands shown in
Figure 6-7.

CALCulate2:TRANsform:HISTogram:STATe ON

CALCulate2:TRANsform:HISTogram:COUNt?

CALCulate2:TRANsform:HISTogram:CLEar

CALCulate2:TRANsform:HISTogram:POINts

CALCulate2:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:AUTO
CALCulate2:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:AUTO:COUNt

CALCulate2:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:LOWer
CALCulate2:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:UPPer

Figure 6-7 15-bin (point) histogram.

Histogram computation is enabled with the command:

CALCulate2:TRANsform:HISTogram[:STATe] {OFF|ON} 
CALCulate2:TRANsform:HISTogram[:STATe]?  (query form)
ON - enables histogram computation.
OFF - disables histogram computation. Following a reset (*RST), instrument
preset (SYSTem:PRESet), or front panel (Preset) histograms are disabled.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 225

6 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging

The number of readings represented by a histogram (Figure 6-7) can be queried

with the command:
CALCulate2:TRANsform:HISTogram:COUNt?

Setting up the histogram

The counter builds a histogram based on number of bins (points), a lower range,
and an upper range.

Number of bins

The number of bins is specified with the command:

CALCulate2:TRANsform:HISTogram:POINts {<value>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}
CALCulate2:TRANsform:HISTogram:POINts? [{MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}]
(query form)
value - specifies the number of bins (points) between the lower and upper range
values. value can range from 10 to 1,000. Following a reset (*RST) or instrument
preset (SYST:PRESet) the number of bins is set to 100.

226 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging 6

Displaying the outer bins

Two additional bins independent of the number specified are al ways included
with the histogram. The bins contain readings less than the lower range value and
readings greater than the upper range value (Figure 6-5 and Figure 6-6). A
number of readings greater than expected in either bin may indicate a drift in the
measured quantity.
The bins are viewed using the Outer Bins softkey, and the bin indices (Figure 6-6)
account for the bins whether they are displayed or not.

Bin representation
The softkey:

corresponds to the bin with the largest number of entries and is expressed as an
exact count (Count), or the bin’s percentage (%) of the total reading count. This
setting is only available from the front panel.

Lower and upper ranges

The lower and upper ranges of the histogram are specified directly with the
commands:
CALCulate2:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:LOWer 
{<value>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}
CALCulate2:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:LOWer? 
[{MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault} (query form)
CALCulate2:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:UPPer 
{<value>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}
CALCulate2:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:UPPer? 
[{MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}] (query form)

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 227

6 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging

value - directly specifies the histogram lower and upper range values. The value
ranges are:
‐1.0E+15 to ‐1.0E‐15, 0.0, 1.0E‐15 to 1.0E+15 
The default lower and upper ranges and the ranges set following a reset (*RST) or
instrument preset (SYSTem:PRESet) are 0.0.
When setting the ranges, both a lower range and an upper range must be
specified. Any of the following steps will prevent a “settings conflict” error (e.g.
lower range greater than upper range) due to the order in which ranges are set:
– setting the upper range first
– setting both ranges on the same line programmatically
– enabling the histogram after the ranges are set
– setting the ranges automatically

Setting the bin ranges to min and max

With AutoRange Off, the Set to Min/Max softkey is another method for setting the
histogram bin ranges (lower and upper). Depending on the instrument state, Set to
Min/Max will set the ranges as follows:
– When ‘Statistics’ (under the Math key) are enabled, the minimum and
maximum values from the reading statistics are used.
– If readings are in progress and ‘Statistics’ are off, the instrument will select a
minimum and a maximum value from (up to) the last 10,000 readings taken.
– If no previous readings are available, a minimum bin range of 0 and a
maximum bin range of 1 000 000 000.0 are set.

228 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging 6

Automatic range setting

Alternately, lower and upper range values can be set automatically based on a
minimum value and maximum value obtained from the first ‘n’ number of readings
taken.
Automatic range selection is enabled with the commands:
CALCulate2:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:AUTO {OFF|ON} 
CALCulate2:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:AUTO?  (query form)
ON - enables automatic selection of the histogram lower and upper range values.
OFF - disables automatic selection.
Following a reset (*RST) or instrument preset (SYSTem:PRESet) automatic range
selection is enabled.
The number of readings from which the minimum and maximum range values are
selected (ON) is set with the command:
CALCulate2:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:AUTO:COUNt 
{<value>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}
CALCulate2:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:AUTO:COUNt? 
[{MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault}]  (query form)
value - specifies the first ‘n’ number of readings from which lower and upper
range values are obtained. 10 to 1,000 readings can be specified.
The default number and the number set following a reset (*RST) or instrument
preset (SYSTem:PRESet) is 100.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 229

6 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging

Example: Setting up a histogram

The following example creates a 15-bin histogram of 3,000 counter
measurements. The lower and upper ranges are automatically determined from
the first 300 readings taken.
CONF:FREQ 50E3, (@1)  // configure frequency measurement
SYST:TIM .1  // 100 ms measurement timeout
TRIG:SOUR BUS // set software triggers as source
TRIG:COUN 1    // trigger count = 1
SAMP:COUN 3000  // 3000 readings per trigger
SENS:FREQ:GATE:SOUR TIME  // set gate source
SENS:FREQ:GATE:TIME 1E3 // set a 1 ms gate time
DISP:MODE HIST  // histogram display mode
CALC2:TRAN:HIST:POIN 15  // specify 15 bins 
CALC2:TRAN:HIST:RANG:AUTO ON  // auto‐select ranges
CALC2:TRAN:HIST:RANG:AUTO:COUN 300 // use first 300 rgs
CALC2:TRAN:HIST:STAT ON    // enable histogram
INIT  // initiate the counter
*TRG  // send a software trigger

Resetting the histogram

The data from which the current histogram is created is cleared by any of the
following:
– pressing the Reset Histogram softkey
– enabling/disabling or changing any part of the histogram
– number of bins, lower or upper range
– a new measurement cycle - INITiate:IMMediate, READ?, MEASure
– sending a new SCPI command or changing a current SCPI parameter

230 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging 6

– an instrument reset or present - *RST, SYSTem:PRESet

These actions also clear all readings in reading memory and in the output buffer.
To clear histogram data without clearing the readings in reading memory, the
following command is used:
CALCulate2:TRANsform:HISTogram:CLEar[:IMMediate]

Saving readings

The readings used to create the histogram can be saved to internal flash memory
or to an external USB memory device as comma-separated values (CSV) in one
measurement per line ASCII format.
Selecting Save Read ings opens the Export action window from which a path and file
name can be selected or created. The number of readings exported is the total
number in reading memory at the time Export Read ings is pressed - which may not
be the total reading count (TRIGger:COUNt x SAMPle:COUNt).
Exporting readings clears read ing memory and re-starts the histogram on the
next trigger received.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 231

6 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging

Zoom & markers view

For marker, zoom, and pan adjustment the decimal position (i.e. 100's, 10's, 1's)
NOTE highlighted by the arrow keys sets the amount of movement (coarse or fine) for
each tick of the rotary knob.

The ‘Marker’ softkeys allow you to position markers on individual bins within the
histogram, and if desired, lock the relative distance between the markers. When
locked together, moving either Marker1 or Marker2 with the front panel knob or
using [Shift] followed by a bin number, also moves the other marker while
maintaining the distance between the two. The data corresponding to the marker
positions is shown above the histogram window.
Zoom determines the number of bins displayed by increasing the resolution at the
center region of the histogram. Each time the zoom is adjusted, the X Min and
X Max indices (Figure 6-6) are changed to show the current bin range.
Pan scans the histogram (left or right) once a zoom percentage has been set. By
moving the Pan window, regions of interest can be brought into view; and Zoom
used again to expand the region. Pan, used interchangeably with Zoom in this
manner, maintains the zoom percentage.
Show All restores the histogram window to the total number of bins specified -
including the outer bins, and resets the zoom and pan.

232 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging 6

Histogram data in numeric form

Data describing the histogram is available in numeric form through either of two
query commands.
CALCulate2:TRANsform:HISTogram:ALL? 
Returns the following comma-separated sequence describing the current
histogram:
lower range value
upper range value
number of readings taken
bin data
The bin data includes:
number of measurements less than the lower range value,
number of readings in each bin,
number of readings greater than the upper range value
An example data string for a 15-bin histogram based on 3,000 readings of a
50 kHz input signal is:
+4.998912590059145E+004,+5.001118414176608E+004,+3000,+0,+4,+8,+27,+71,
+221,+422,+612,+695,+504,+254,+113,+41,+20,+4,+4,+0
Notice in this sample there were no readings below the lower range value or
above the upper range value.
CALCulate2:TRANsform:HISTogram:DATA?
Returns only the bin data of the current histogram in the sequence:
number of measurements less than the lower range value,
number of readings in each bin,
number of readings greater than the upper range value

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 233

6 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging

Trend Charts
Reading trends for a given number of counter measurements (except continuous
totalize) or timestamps can be represented within a 53220A/53230A trend chart,
also known as a run chart.
Figure 6-8 shows the components of a typical counter trend chart.

Function
Y Max: maximum reading value within display span Channel
Y Min: minimum reading value within display span Current reading count
Span: (Y Max – Y Min) (memory)

Maximum and minimum scale

boundaries and reading units.

Boundaries can be auto-scaled or set

manually. Auto-scaled boundaries
keep all readings within the display
range.

reading indices

Mkr 1: reading value at Marker1 location

Mkr 2: reading value at Marker2 location
Span: difference in values between
marker locations
Reading: marker’s location in reading count

Span: number of readings between

marker locations

Trend Window position window - for marker, zoom,

(100 points) and pan adjustment the decimal
position (i.e. 1000's, 100's, 10's, 1's)
highlighted by the arrow keys sets
the amount of movement (coarse –
fine) for each tick of the rotary knob.

Figure 6-8 Trend chart display format (without decimation).

234 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging 6

Viewing trend charts

At power-on or following a reset (*RST) or instrument preset (Preset), numeric

data is displayed. The display can be changed to a trend chart by changing the
display mode using the command:
DISPlay[:WINDow]:MODE {NUMeric|HISTogram|TCHart}
DISPlay[:WINDow]:MODE?  (query form)
The display mode (TCHart) is the only trend chart parameter that can be set
programmatically (i.e. using SCPI commands). All other trend chart parameters
are set using the front panel.
Pressing the Graph key followed by the Trend Chart softkey starts the trend chart
from the front panel.
Trend charts correspond to all readings in reading memory for a given trigger
count (TRIGger:COUNt) and sample count (SAMPle:COUNt). If triggering is
continuous (i.e. internal), the trend chart continually updates.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 235

6 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging

Trend chart configuration

Figure 6-9 shows the softkey menus associated with trend chart configuration and
control of the trend window.

Figure 6-9 Trend chart configuration and control.

Trend chart boundaries

The trend chart boundaries (Y Max and Y Min) can be set automatically (AutoScale
On) or manually (AutoScale Off) using the menus under the Options soft key
(Figure 6-9). Auto-scaled (on) boundaries keep all readings within the trend
window. Manually-set boundaries (off) can result in readings outside the window.
Manual boundaries are set using the front panel knob or [Shift]ed numeric keys.
If reading limits are set using the Math function, setting YMax and YMin will scale
(but not change) the limits within the YMax and YMin boundaries. YMax and YMin
cannot specify a boundary smaller than the Math reading limits.
A maximum of 100 readings or decimation points can be displayed in the trend
window.

236 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging 6

Clearing the trend chart

Clearing the trend chart clears reading memory and restarts the reading count on
the next trigger received.

Saving readings

The readings represented by the trend chart can be saved to internal flash
memory or to an external USB memory device as comma-separated values (CSV)
in one measurement per line ASCII format.
Selecting Save Read ings opens the Export action window from which a path and file
name can be selected or created. The number of readings exported is the number
of readings in memory (Figure 6-8) at the time Export Read ings is pressed - which
may not be the total reading count (TRIGger:COUNt x SAMPle:COUNt).
Exporting readings clears read ing memory and re-starts the trend chart on the
next trigger received.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 237

6 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging

Zoom & markers window

For marker, zoom, and pan adjustment the decimal position (i.e. 1000's, 100's,
NOTE 10's, 1's) highlighted by the arrow keys sets the amount of movement (coarse or
fine) for each tick of the rotary knob.

The ‘Marker’ softkeys allow you to position markers on individual readings or

decimation points within the trend chart, and if desired, lock the relative distance
between the markers. When locked together, moving either Marker1 or Marker2
with the front panel knob or using [Shift] followed by a reading number, moves
both markers while maintaining the distance between the two. The data
corresponding to the marker positions is shown above the trend window.
Zoom determines the number of readings displayed by increasing the resolution at
the center region of the trend chart window. Each time the zoom is adjusted, the
reading indices (Figure 6-8) are changed to show the current reading range.
Pan scans the trend chart (left or right) once a zoom percentage has been set. By
moving the Pan window, regions of interest can be brought into view; and Zoom
used again to expand the region. Pan, used interchangeably with Zoom in this
manner, maintains the zoom percentage.
With Pan, each reading or decimation point can also be viewed - up to the window
maximum of 100 readings/points at a time.
Show All updates the trend window to represent the current reading count. The
reading indices are 0 and the Count value, and zoom and pan are also reset.

238 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging 6

Reading decimation
The trend window displays a maximum of 100 readings. When greater than 100
readings are displayed, the readings are decimated - grouped together and
represented by decimation points. The number of readings in a decimation group
is the reading count/100.
Figure 6-10 is a trend chart of 100,000 readings in which the readings have been
decimated.

Reading: number of first reading in selected

Max: maximum reading values within groups at decimation group
decimation points selected by Marker1 (top) and
Marker2 (bottom) Span: number of decimation groups between
marker locations
Span: difference in maximum values between marker
locations

Limit checking (upper and

lower) enabled through Math
functions (optional)

Min: minimum readings

within groups at selected
decimation points

position window

indicates decimation
and relative max & min
values within the group

Figure 6-10 Trend chart display format (with decimation).

There are 1,000 readings in each decimation group in Figure 6-10

(100,000 readings/100 points displayed). The number of readings in each group
changes if Show All is pressed and readings continue to be taken.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 239

6 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging

When a marker is moved to a decimation point, the number of the first reading in
the corresponding group is displayed. This number should be noted if it is
necessary to view individual readings within a group.

Viewing readings within a decimation group Decimated reading values that

are grouped and represented by a single decimation point can be viewed
individually using markers and the trend chart’s Pan control.
1 Select a marker and using the knob, move the marker to the decimation point
with the reading level of interest. The reading number corresponding to the
marker position is the first reading in the group. This may not be the maximum
or minimum value within the group.
2 Select ‘Pan’ and using the [Shift]ed numeric keys, enter the number of the first
reading. The reading indices show a span of 100 read ings, beginning with the
first reading in the group.
3 Select Marker1 or Marker2 and using the arrow keys, highlight the rightmost
(1's) place in the position window. Rotate the knob to move the marker one
reading at a time. The reading value and number are shown as the marker is
advanced.
For decimation groups with more than 100 readings, select ‘Pan’ and enter the
next reading number after the upper reading index (Figure 6-8) to view the next
100 readings.

240 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging 6

Data Logging
The data logging feature of the 53220A/53230A counter allows you to log and
analyze up to 1,000,000 readings. Data logging is enabled and configured from
the front panel only, and is available with all counter measurements except
continuous totalizing.

Logged readings ARE NOT saved to internal flash memory or external USB
NOTE memory until the logging duration is complete. If power is lost and if battery
Option 300 is not enabled or it also loses power before logging is complete, all
data will be lost.

Figure 6-11 shows the keys and and windows associated with the data logger
application.

Figure 6-11 Starting the Counter Data Logger.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 241

6 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging

Configuring the data logger

All logged readings are saved in the counter’s internal flash memory or to an
external USB storage device after logging is complete. The readings are viewable
in trend (run) chart format while logging is in progress and when complete.
Data logging occurs for a d uration specified as a period of time or a number of
readings to be logged. Once enabled, the start of data logging can be delayed for
a period of time.

Specifying a data log file

Logged readings saved in internal flash memory or in external USB memory are
comma-separated values (CSV) in one measurement per line ASCII format. A
default path and file name (Internal\DataLog) is used if one is not specified.
The drive (Internal or External) is selected using the browse feature and the
file name is specified using the rotary knob and arrow keys to select or change
characters.
Pressing [Done] saves the path and file name and returns to the application menu.
Data logging will not start if an invalid path/file is specified.

Adding a time stamp to the data log file

A time stamp (t‐Stamp) in the form:
yyyymmdd_hhmmss  e.g. DataLog_20100925_105535.csv
is appended (On) to the file name when data logging completes or when the
(Stop Save) soft key is pressed. The time stamp also appears on the spreadsheet
tab when the data log (.csv) file is opened.

242 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging 6

Setting the duration

In terms of Time, the data logging duration is specified in hh.mm.ss format. The
value is set using the rotary knob and arrow keys, or using the [Shift]ed numeric
keys. By highlighting specific digits in the time window, greater resolution (i.e.
minutes and seconds) of the logging time can be specified.
The maximum data logging period is 99.00.00. The reading limit, however, is
1,000,000 readings which may occur before the time duration is reached.
In terms of Read ings, data logging continues until the specified number of
readings are complete. The reading count is set using the rotary knob and arrow
keys, or using the [Shift]ed numeric keys. A maximum of 1,000,000 readings can
be specified.
For the Time Stamp measurement function, only read ing duration is available.

Setting a start delay

When required, a delay can be set between the time the Run key is pressed, and
the start of data logging. The start delay is specified in hh.mm.ss format and is set
using the rotary knob and arrow keys, or using the [Shift]ed numeric keys. By
highlighting specific digits in the delay window, greater resolution (i.e. minutes
and seconds) of the delay time can be specified.
The maximum delay setting is 99:00:00.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 243

6 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging

Starting the data logger

Pressing the Run softkey enables data logging. Data logging begins following any
specified start delay when a valid path/file exists. A default path and file name of:
Internal\DataLog
is used when the data logger application is started. Select Yes to overwrite the file
and begin.

Viewing readings

A trend chart is populated as readings are logged. After data logging completes,
the readings are stored in the file specified. Pressing View Resul ts when logging is
stopped and the readings are saved, or when logging is complete, displays a trend
chart of the saved readings.
Pressing View Resul ts after logging Time Stamp measurements will display
“Graphics not supported for this function”.

244 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging 6

Figure 6-12 is an example of a trend chart as readings are logged. (Figure 6-8 and
Figure 6-10 contain more information on the trend chart window.)

Function
Channel
Current Reading Count
(memory)

Trend Window
(100 points)

reading indices
time or number of readings
remaining

Figure 6-12 Trend chart display during data logging.

When logging is complete, the Marker, Pan, and Zoom softkeys can be used review
the data. Note that pressing the Graph key followed by the Trend Chart softkey does
not retain the data in the display.
If greater than 100 readings are logged the readings are decimated - grouped
together and represented by decimation points (see “Trend Charts” and “Reading
decimation”).

Stopping the application

Pressing Stop Save or Stop No Save stops data logging before the duration (time or
number of readings) is reached. All readings logged to that point are saved or
discarded depending on the key pressed.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 245

 6 53220A/53230A Math, Graphing, and Data Logging

Graphics Functions and Reading Memory

Figure 6-13 summarizes the effects on reading memory when statistics and
histograms are reset, and when trend charts are cleared.

reading memory

(record)
.. (record)

.
Reset Histogram:
Reset Stats: - clears current histogram (record)
- clears current set of statistics (record) .. - does not clear reading memory, does not abort readings
- does not clear reading memory, does not abort readings
– clears count and new set of statistics re-start on next
. – clears count and new histogram re-starts on next reading
after reset
reading after reset

(record) (record)

..
.

(memory)

Clear Readings (Trend Chart):

- clears the trend chart
- clears reading memory, does not abort readings
- clears count and re-starts on next reading after clear

Figure 6-13 Reading memory and resetting/clearing graphics.

246 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Keysight 53220A/53230A 350 MHz Universal Frequency Counter/
Timer
User’s Guide

7 Formats and Data Flow

Reading Formats and Data Flow 248
Counter File System 257

The Keysight 53220A/53230A counters allow you to specify the measurement

(reading) format and storage location - both of which affect throughput speed.
This chapter explains how data formats are set and the movement and storage of
measurements and other information within the instrument.

247
7 Formats and Data Flow

Reading Formats and Data Flow

A (counter) data format is specified when a particular format (ASCII, REAL) is
required. The data is converted to that format when sent to the output buffer
directly, or when transferred from reading memory.
The command used to set the data format is:
FORMat[:DATA] {ASCII|REAL}[,<length>]
FORMat[:DATA]?      (query form)
The formats (and lengths) are described in Table 7-1.

Table 7-1 Counter data formats

Type Representation Length
ASCII +4.57538162393720E+006 15 (digits)
REAL  definite length or indefinite length arbitrary block format 64 (bits)
Format ASCII are ASCII characters. Each reading is comma-separated. The instrument always returns
15 significant d igits.
Format REAL is IEEE 754 binary data (64-bit). The data may be transferred in IEEE 488.2
indefinite-length or definite-length block format. Byte order is controlled by the FORMat:BORDer 
command.
Indefinite-length block: # 0 <8-bit data bytes> NL ^END
(using MEASure?, READ?, FETCh?)
Definite-length block: # <non-zero digit> <block length> <8-bit data bytes> (using R?,
DATA:REMove?)
<non-zero digit> indicates the number of digits representing <block length>.
<block length> indicates the number of 8-bit data bytes which follow.

Format ASCII is set following an instrument reset (*RST) or front panel preset
(PRESet). A line feed (LF) and End-Or-Identify (EOI) follow the last reading in both
formats.

248 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Formats and Data Flow 7

Specifying a format
Data formats can be specified during counter configuration as shown in the
following segment:
CONF:FREQ 1.0E6
FORM REAL, 64
SAMP:COUN 5
INIT
FETC?
In this segment, measurements initiated by INIT are stored in reading memory.
When FETC?(ed) from memory to the output buffer the readings are converted to
REAL format.

Setting the block transfer byte order

Indefinite-length and definite-length REAL (binary) data transfers (Table 7-1)
associated with the READ?, FETCh?, R?, and DATA:REMove? commands have a
default byte order of NORMal in which the most-significant byte (MSB) is sent first
(big-endian byte order). The command used to specify or change the byte
order is:
FORMat:BORDer {NORMal | SWAPped}
FORMat:BORDer?  (query form)
With the SWAPped byte order the least-significant byte of each data point
(reading) is sent first (little-endian byte order). Most PCs use the swapped
(little-endian) byte order.
Following a reset (*RST) or front panel preset (Preset), the byte order is set to
NORMal.

Reading transfer size

Each reading read from the output buffer in ASCII format is 23 bytes. Each
readings in REAL format is eight bytes.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 249

7 Formats and Data Flow

Data flow
The flow of measurement data within the counter is summarized in Figure 7-1.

MMEMory:DOWNoad:DATA
Keysight 53220A/53230A Counter

< instrument states > MMEMory:UPLoad?

MMEMory:STORe:STATe counter flash (non-volatile) memory

MMEMory:LOAD:STATe internal flash instrument firmware
(5M readings)
battery
flash

calibration
state storage
constants LAN

FETCh?

R? GPIB
volatile reading memory output
(1M readings) buffer
MMEMory:STORe:DATA DATA:REMove?
USB
DATA:LAST?

USB Memory Device INITiate:IMMediate

(measurements) READ?

host port direction of data flow DATA:POINTs:EVENt:THReshold

MMEMory:DOWNoad:DATA

MMEMory:UPLoad?

Figure 7-1 Data flow within the 53220A/53230A counter.

Reading locations include the front panel, read ing memory (volatile), output
buffer, internal flash memory (non-volatile), and external USB memory.
The commands which determine data flow are listed in Table 7-2 and are
described in the following paragraphs.

250 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Formats and Data Flow 7

Table 7-2 Commands affecting data flow

Read ing
Locations Read ings Allowed during
Command Memory
Accessed Transferred Measurement
Cleared
Front Panel
Read? Reading Memory All No No
Output Buffer
Front Panel
INITiate:IMMediate None Yes No
Reading Memory
Reading Memory
FETCh? All No No
Output Buffer
Reading Memory All or
R? Yes Yes
Output Buffer specified count

Reading Memory
DATA:REMove? Specified count Yes Yes
Output Buffer
Reading Memory
DATA:LAST? 1 No Yes
Output Buffer
Reading Memory
MMEMORY:STORe:DATA Internal Flash All No No
External USB

Front panel display

Counter measurements taken from the front panel or from an IO interface appear
in the display as indicated in Figure 7-1. See Chapter 1 for an overview of display
features.

Reading memory
In addition to being displayed, all counter readings are stored in the counter’s
volatile read ing memory (Figure 7-1). Memory capacity is 1,000,000 readings.
Reading memory has the following attributes:
1 reading memory is cleared after a function change, during execution of the
READ?, INITiate:IMMediate, or MEASure? command, after cycling power,
or following an instrument reset (*RST) or preset (SYSTem:PRESet).

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 251

7 Formats and Data Flow

2 all readings are stored in an internal counter format - the programmed format
(FORMat subsystem) is set when readings are transferred to the output buffer.
3 if read ing memory overflows the first (oldest) readings are overwritten and the
‘Reading Mem Ovfl’ bit (14) in the Questionable Data Register is set. The most
recent measurements are retained.

Output buffer
Data is available to the PC over the LAN, USB, and GPIB interfaces once it is in the
output buffer (Figure 7-1). The following section explains how readings are
transferred from memory to the buffer. If during a transfer the output buffer fills,
command execution is paused until readings are removed by the PC - creating
room in the buffer. No readings are lost.

Transferring readings from memory to the output buffer

The following commands transfer readings from volatile reading memory to the
buffer.

READ? - is equivalent to executing INITiate:IMMediate directly followed by

FETCh?. With READ?, once all readings specified by TRIGger:COUNt and
SAMPle:COUNt are complete and in memory, they are instantaneously read into
the output buffer (Figure 7-1).
If the data format is REAL (FORMat subsystem), each block of readings generated
by READ? is preceded by an IEEE 488.2 Indefinite-Length block header
(Table 7-1). As such, when sending multiple commands in a single command
string, READ? should always be the last command in the string.

READ? example
// frequency meas of 500 kHz signal with uHz resolution
CONF:FREQ 500E3, 1E‐6, (@1)  // configure counter
TRIG:COUN 1  // set trigger count
SAMP:COUN 10   // take 10 readings 
READ?  // read readings when complete

252 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Formats and Data Flow 7

FETCh? - is used following INITiate:IMMediate. After all measurements

specified by TRIGger:COUNt and SAMPle:COUNt are complete, FETCh? transfers
the readings from reading memory to the output buffer. Since read ing memory is
not erased by this action, readings can be “fetched” from memory multiple times.
If there are no readings available or measurements in progress when a “fetch” is
performed, err -230, “Data corrupt or stale” is generated.
If the data format is REAL (FORMat subsystem), each block of readings fetched by
FETCh? is preceded by an IEEE 488.2 Indefinite-Length Block header (Table 7-1).
When sending multiple commands in a single command string, FETCh? should
always be the last command in the string.

FETCh? example
// frequency meas of 500 kHz signal with uHz resolution
CONF:FREQ 500E3, 1E‐6, (@1)  // configure counter 
   TRIG:COUN 1  // set trigger count
SAMP:COUN 10  // take 10 readings 
INIT:IMM // initiate counter to start rdgs
FETC?  // fetch rdgs from memory when complete

R? [<max_count>] - is used following INITiate:IMMediate. Transfers all,

or up to the specified max_count number of readings to the output buffer and
erases those readings (beginning with the oldest) in reading memory.
Unlike FETCh?, R? can be used to transfer readings before the total reading
count is reached (TRIGger:COUNt x SAMPle:COUNt) to prevent a memory
overflow. If there are no readings available or measurements in progress when
“R?” is sent, err ‐230, “Data corrupt or stale” is generated.
Readings are transferred in Definite-Length Block format (Table 7-1), whether in
ASCII or REAL (binary) format (FORMat subsystem). The ‘oldest’ reading is
transferred first (first in - first out).

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 253

7 Formats and Data Flow

R? example
// frequency meas of 500 kHz signal with uHz resolution
CONF:FREQ 500E3, 1E‐6, (@1)  // configure counter 
TRIG:COUN 2    // set trigger count
   SAMP:COUN 2500  // set readings/trigger 
INIT:IMM  // initiate counter to start readings
wait 2500 seconds
R? 2500  // read and remove first 2500 readings
wait 2500 seconds
R?  // read and remove all remaining readings

DATA:REMove? <count>[,WAIT] - is used following

INITiate:IMMediate.Transfers count number of readings to the output buffer
and erases the readings in reading memory. Unlike FETCh?, DATA:REMove? can
be used to transfer readings before the total reading count is reached
(TRIGger:COUNt x SAMPle:COUNt) to prevent a memory overflow. However,
count is a required parameter and, therefore, count number of readings must be
available before they can be removed. Including WAIT will cause the command to
wait until count readings are available. This will prevent error ‐222, “Data Out 
of Range” from occurring if the specified count is not available.
If the data format is REAL (FORMat subsystem), the readings are transferred in
Definite-Length Block format (Table 7-1). The ‘oldest’ reading is transferred first
(first in - first out).

DATA:REMove? example
// frequency meas of 500 kHz signal with uHz resolution
CONF:FREQ 500E3, 1E‐6, (@1)  // configure counter 
TRIG:COUN 2  // set trigger count
   SAMP:COUN 2500  // set readings/trigger 
INIT:IMM  // initiate counter to start readings
DATA:REM? 2500,WAIT  // wait for‐read first 2500 readings
DATA:REM? 2500,WAIT  // wait for‐read last 2500 readings

254 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Formats and Data Flow 7

DATA:LAST? - returns the last reading taken and includes read ing units (Hz,
s). The reading is not deleted from memory and the command can be sent before
the total reading count (TRIGger:COUNt x SAMPle:COUNt) is reached.

DATA:LAST? example
//frequency meas of 500 kHz signal with uHz resolution
CONF:FREQ 500E3, 1E‐6, (@1)  // configure counter 
   TRIG:COUN 1  // set trigger count
SAMP:COUN 100  // take 100 readings )
INIT:IMM  // initiate counter to start rdgs
wait 20 seconds
DATA:LAST? // retrieve reading (with units) 20s after start
FETC?  // fetch all rdgs from memory when complete
A typical response showing a subset of the data is:
+4.999962418998650E+005 HZ
...+4.999962370997962E+005,+4.999962418998650E+005,+4.999962407190446E+
005,+4.999962443559675E+005,...

Querying the reading count

The total number of readings in memory at any given time can be determined with
the command:
DATA:POINts?
The reading count can be read before the total reading count is reached
(TRIGger:COUNt x SAMPle:COUNt).

Setting a reading threshold in memory

The following command allows you to set a reading threshold in the counter’s
volatile memory:
DATA:POINts:EVENt:THReshold <count>
DATA:POINts:EVENt:THReshold?   
(query form)

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 255

7 Formats and Data Flow

– when count number of readings have entered reading memory, bit 12 (Rdg
Mem Threshold) in the Standard Operation Register is set to ‘1’. By monitoring
this bit, readings can be transferred from memory to the output buffer once a
given number of measurements have occurred.
Once the threshold is reached, the number of readings in memory must drop
below the threshold level in order to detect when the threshold is reached again.

Memory threshold example

(Note, this example is also contained on the Keysight 53210A/53220A/53230A
Product Reference CD ROM.)
This program sets up the counter to take 1,250,000 readings. Because volatile
reading memory capacity is 1,000,000 readings, readings will be over-written
(memory overflow) if data is not retrieved before memory fills. To prevent memory
overflow, a reading threshold is set and monitored. When the number of readings
in memory reaches the threshold, all readings in memory at that time are
retrieved.
*RST;*CLS // reset, start from known state
SYST:TIM .001   // set a 1 ms measurement timeout
CONF:FREQ 1E6, 0.1, (@1)  // configure measurements         
TRIG:COUN 5  // send 5 system triggers 
SAMP:COUN 250E3  // take 250k readings/trigger      
FORM:DATA REAL, 64  // set data format to binary     
DATA:POIN:EVEN:THR 10E3 // set memory threshold to 10k 
INIT // initiate readings   
// loop until all readings complete
For (cnt=0;cnt<1.25E6;cnt +=10000)
Do
{spoll=STAT:OPER:COND?; // serial poll condition reg
  sleep (100) // wait 100 ms
}while !(spoll&4096) // repeat until threshold is reached
R? 10E3 // retrieve readings from memory 10k at a time

256 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Formats and Data Flow 7

Counter File System

Measurements in volatile reading memory and counter configuration states can
be stored in files within the counter’s internal (non-volatile) flash memory, or on a
external USB memory device connected to the ‘host’ port on the front panel
(Figure 7-1).
Files are created within folders on the root directory, or within sub-folders relative
to the root directory. The relationship of folders and files in internal flash memory
and on the USB drive is shown in Figure 7-2.

Keysight 53220A/53230A Counter

counter flash (non-volatile) memory

internal flash instrument firmware
5M readings
battery
flash

USB host port

calibration
state storage
constants

volatile reading memory

1M readings
USB Storage
Device

Path is Internal
USB:\ INT:\
Path is External

root directory
fil
e

MMEMory:STORe:DATA RDG_STORE, <file> folder

(creates data (.csv, .dat) files) MMEMory:MDIRectory <folder>
fil fil
e (creates folders)
e

folder

MMEMory:STORe:STATe <file> sub-folder

(creates state (.sta) files) MMEMory:CDIRectory <folder>
fi (specifies current folder for
le
MMEMory Subsystem)

Figure 7-2 Folders and files within internal memory and USB storage.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 257

7 Formats and Data Flow

Creating folders and files in flash memory and on the USB drive

Folders and files are created in instrument memory and on a USB drive as
described in the following sections.

258 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Formats and Data Flow 7

Creating folders

Folders and sub-folders are created using the command:

MMEMory:MDIRectory “<folder>” 
– folder has the form drive:path. drive is either INT (internal flash memory)
or USB (external memory device). path is an absolute path and folder name
beginning with \ or /. INT:\ is the default drive:path.
The folder parameter cannot exceed 240 characters, and the characters \ / : 
* ? “ < > | cannot be contained within the folder name. To create a folder:
//create folder ‘dut_1’ with sub‐folder ‘data1’ in the root
//directory of internal flash memory
MMEM:MDIR “INT:\dut_1”
MMEM:MDIR “INT:\dut_1\data1”
Note that a folder and sub-folder cannot be created within the same command.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 259

7 Formats and Data Flow

Entering a folder name from the front panel

With the “Create new folder” window displayed as shown on the previous page,
enter a folder name (or any file name) as follows:
1 Press the ‘Browse’ soft key and use the front panel knob to highlight the
counter’s internal flash memory (Internal), or if present, the USB drive
connected to the front panel host port (External). Press the ‘Select’ soft key to
select the drive.
2 To create a folder name, rotate the knob to select a character. The knob scrolls
through A-Z (upper case), a-z (lower case), numbers 0-9, selected keyboard
characters, decimal point (.), underscore (_), and space. Once the desired
character is set, press the right arrow (>) key under the knob to move to the
next position.
3 Repeat until the folder name is complete. Use the left arrow key (<) to
backspace and change a character. Changing the character to a space erases
the character. Press ‘Create Folder’ to create the folder.

Specifying a default folder

Designating a folder as the default (current) folder eliminates the need to specify
an absolute path each time a sub-folder or file is created or referenced. The
command:
MMEMory:CDIRectory “<folder>” 
MMEMory:CDIRectory? (query form)
selects folder as the current folder used by subsequent MMEMory subsystem
commands. folder is of the form drive:path (see MMEMory:DIRectory for
drive:path details).
For example, an alternate way to create folders dut_1 and data1 is:
//create folder ‘dut_1’ and select it as the current folder
//create sub‐folder ‘data1’
MMEM:MDIR “INT:\dut_1”
MMEM:CDIR “INT:\dut_1”
MMEM:MDIR “data1”

260 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Formats and Data Flow 7

When specifying a folder name the current folder is referenced. If a current folder
(MMEM:CDIR) has not been specified and a drive name (INT or USB) is not
included, the default drive ‘INT:’ is referenced. For example:
MMEM:MDIR “dut_2”
creates the folder ‘dut_2’ on the root drive INT.
Following a reset (*RST) or instrument preset (SYSTem:PRESet), the counter
resets the current folder to the root directory on the internal flash file system
("INT:\") .

Creating data files

See “Histograms” or “Trend Charts” and “Data Logging” in Chapter 6 for
information on storing measurement data from the front panel.
The command used to transfer data from reading memory to a file in internal flash
memory or on a USB device (Figure 7-1 and Figure 7-2) is:
MMEMory:STORe:DATA RDG_STORE, “<file>”
<file> is created during execution of the command and the file parameter format
is “[drive:path]<file_name>”. drive is either INT (internal flash memory) or
USB (external memory device). path is an absolute path and folder name. If a
folder is specified, it must have been previously created.
The combination of folder and file name cannot exceed 240 characters, and
cannot contain the characters \ / : * ? “ < > |.
The format of the transferred readings is specified by the file_name extension. If
.csv is specified, the data is stored as comma-separated values (CSV) in one
measurement per line ASCII format. If .dat is specified, the data is stored as REAL
values with little-endian byte order.
The following sequence of commands creates a folder on a USB memory device,
takes a set of frequency measurements, and then creates a file and copies the
measurements to the folder from (volatile) reading memory.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 261

7 Formats and Data Flow

Creating a data file example

MMEM:MDIR “USB:\dut_1”  // create folder in USB memory
MMEM:CDIR “USB:\dut_1”  // specify a current folder
CONF:FREQ 100E3,(@1)  // configure measurement
SAMP:COUN 50   // set 50 measurements
INIT    // initiate measurements
*WAI  // wait for readings to complete
MMEM:STOR:DATA RDG_STORE, “data1.csv” // create file, copy

Creating state files

262 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Formats and Data Flow 7

Instrument states can be stored in the instrument’s internal flash memory or on a

USB memory device and recalled later to restore a specific configuration
(Figure 7-2).
The commands used to store and load counter states are:
MMEMory:STORe:STATe <“file”>
MMEMory:LOAD:STATe <“file”>
<file> is created during execution of the STORe command. The parameter
format is “[drive:path]<file_name>”. drive is either INT (internal flash
memory) or USB (external memory device). path is an absolute path and folder
name. If a folder is specified, it must have been previously created
(see MMEMory:MDIRectory).
The combination of folder and file name cannot exceed 240 characters, and
cannot contain the characters \ / : * ? “ < > |. State files have a .sta
extension.

State file example

The following example shows the interaction between folders created from the
front panel and state files created/stored programmatically. For this sequence,
folder SETUP_1 was created on the internal flash drive from the front panel. It is
then specified (programmatically) as the current folder and a state file is stored
and recalled from that folder.
MMEM:CDIR “INT:\SETUP_1”  // specify as current folder
configure instrument programmatically or from front panel
MMEM:STOR:STAT “test1.sta” // store the configuration
recall the configuration (state) at later date (even if power is cycled)...
MMEM:LOAD:STAT ”INT:\SETUP_1\test1.sta” // load state

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 263

7 Formats and Data Flow

Saving states from the front panel

With the instrument configured as required, the state is stored from the front
panel as follows:
1 Use the Utility key and soft keys indicated on the previous page to set file
action ‘Store’.
2 Press the ‘Browse’ soft key to display the ‘File System’ window. Use the front
panel knob to highlight the root directory or a folder in the counter’s internal
flash memory (Internal) or on the USB drive (External). If folders are not visible,
press ‘Browse’ again to view the directory structure.
Press the ‘Select’ soft key to select the directory or folder.
3 Enter the file name. The knob scrolls through A-Z (upper case), a-z (lower
case), numbers 0-9, selected keyboard characters, decimal point (.),
underscore (_), and space. Once the desired character is set, press the right
arrow (>) key under the knob to move to the next position.
4 Repeat until the file name is complete. Use the left arrow key (<) to backspace
and change a character. Changing the character to a space erases the
character.
5 Press ‘STORE STATE’ to store the state under the file name defined. A .sta
extension is added to the file name.
6 States (state files) are recalled by pressing the ‘RECALL STATE’ soft key,
highlighting the file name, and pressing ‘Select’. The state is recalled
immediately.

Storing user preferences

Non-volatile I/O settings and user preferences can be stored and recalled using
the commands:
MMEMory:STORe:PREFerences <file>
MMEMory:LOAD:PREFerences <file>
<file> is created during execution of the STORe command. The parameter
format is “[drive:path]<file_name>”. drive is either INT (internal flash
memory) or USB (external memory device). path is an absolute path and folder
name. If a folder is specified, it must have been previously created (see
MMEMory:MDIRectory).

264 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Formats and Data Flow 7

The combination of folder and file name cannot exceed 240 characters, and
cannot contain the characters \ / : * ? “ < > |. Preference files have a .prf
extension.
User preferences include settings such as:
– display brightness, radix, separator, and screen saver state
– Help language selected
– state recall and select settings
– reference oscillator source, external reference frequency, standby setting
– auto-level minimum frequency
– battery state (enabled, disabled)
– beeper setting
– measurement time out
– 531xx SCPI compatibility language setting
When loading a preferences file that specifies a static IP address for LAN, be
careful that this does not result in two instruments with the same IP address on
your LAN. This could result in LAN configuration errors on both instruments.
User preferences cannot be stored or loaded (retrieved) using the front panel.

Using *SAV and *RCL

Additional commands that can be used to save and recall instrument states are
the IEEE-488.2 common commands *SAV and *RCL. With these commands, up to
five states can be saved and recalled by location number from the counter’s
internal flash memory. States saved using this method can also be specified for
recall at power-on.
*SAV {0|1|2|3|4}
Saves the current instrument state in one of five {0|1|2|3|4} flash memory state
locations. State location ‘0’ is a valid location; however, the instrument state at
power-down is automatically saved in location ‘0’ and will overwrite any state
saved there. All parameters of the counter’s state are saved with the exception of
“user-preference” parameters such as those which configure the front panel
display.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 265

7 Formats and Data Flow

An example of the command is:

*SAV 1  //save the current state in state location 1
State locations 0-4 are represented by the following file names in the root
directory of internal flash memory:
STATE_0.sta
STATE_1.sta
STATE_2.sta
STATE_3.sta
STATE_4.sta
Saved counter states are recalled using the command:
*RCL {0|1|2|3|4}
{0|1|2|3|4} are the five state locations. An example of the command is:
*RCL 1 //recall the configuration from state location 1
When recalling a state using *RCL, only the location number is specified. When
recalling a numbered state location from the front panel, the location file name is
used (e.g. STATE_1.sta).
See “User-defined power-on states” for more information.

Verifying a recalled state Before a state is recalled, its storage location can be
queried to determine if a valid state exists of if the location is empty.
MEMory:STATe:VALid? {0|1|2|3|4} 
queries the specified state location. If ‘0’ is returned the location is empty. If ‘1’ is
returned a valid state exists. For example:
//verify a valid state is stored in location 3; 0 = no state //saved, 1 
= valid state in location 3
MEM:STAT:VAL? 3

266 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Formats and Data Flow 7

User-defined power-on states

The 53220A/53230A counter can be set to power-up from one of five saved state
locations or from a state file (Figure 7-2). For this to occur:
1 the state must currently be saved
2 recall must be enabled
3 the state location or file name must be selected
This sequence is provided by the following commands:
//save state in instrument state locations 0‐4
*SAV {0|1|2|3|4} 
or
//store state in state file (.sta) ‐ internal or USB
MMEMory:STORe:STATe <“file”> 

//enable automatic recall at power‐on
MEMory:STATe:RECall:AUTO {ON|OFF} 
MEMory:STATe:RECall:AUTO?  (query form)

//select the state location or file recalled at power‐on
MEMory:STATe:RECall:SELect {0|1|2|3|4|<file>} 
MEMory:STATe:RECall:SELect?  (query form)
If automatic recall is enabled and a state location or file name is not selected, the
counter will power-on in the state it was in when last turned off (location 0).
Following are examples of a state recalled from a numbered state location and
from a state file in internal flash memory.
// configure counter

*SAV 2 // save state in location 2
MEM:STAT:REC:AUTO ON  // enable state recall at power‐on
MEM:STAT:REC:SEL 2 // recall state in loc. 2 at power‐on

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 267

7 Formats and Data Flow

// when power is cycled, state in location 2 is recalled
and
MMEM:MDIR “INT:\SETUP_A”  // create folder in INT memory

//configure counter

// store state in file
MMEM:STOR:STAT “INT:\SETUP_A\test_A.sta”
MEM:STAT:REC:AUTO ON  // enable state recall at power‐on
MEM:STAT:REC:SEL “test_A.sta” // recall file at power‐on

//when power is cycled, state test_A.sta is recalled

When shipped from the factory, automatic state recall is d isabled

NOTE (MEM:STAT:REC:AUTO OFF). With state recall disabled, factory defaults (*RST)
are set at power-on.

268 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Formats and Data Flow 7

Specifying power-on states from the front panel

A specific power-on state can be selected from the front panel as follows:
1 From the Store/Recall menu, select User Def using the ‘Power On’ soft key.
2 Press User Def File to view the file system. Select the desired state to be set at
power-on by selecting the desired folder and file name. Remember that
instrument state locations 0-4 are identified by file name (e.g. STATE_3.sta).
For states saved in other files (locations), specify the appropriate file with the
.sta extension.
Selecting Last using the ‘Power On’ soft key will recall the instrument state at the
time the counter was last turned off (state location 0). With Factory selected, the
counter will power-up in its factory-set state.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 269

7 Formats and Data Flow

Managing folders and files

Folders, data files, and state files created in internal flash memory and on a USB
storage device can be managed (i.e. deleted, copied, moved, cataloged) from the
front panel or using additional commands within the MMEMory and MEMory
subsystems.

Deleting folders
Folders are deleted (removed) using the command:
MMEMory:RDIRectory “<folder>” 
When deleting a folder from an I/O interface, the folder must be empty
(containing no sub-folders or files). The folder designated as the current folder
(MMEMory:CDIRectory) cannot be deleted. From the front panel, un-empty
folders can be deleted (as prompted) as can the (SCPI designated) current folder.

Deleting a folder example

The following example deletes a sub-folder (empty) followed by its root folder.
//create USB folder ‘dut_2’ and sub‐folder ‘data2’
MMEM:MDIR “USB:\dut_2”
MMEM:MDIR “USB:\dut_2\data2”
//remove sub‐folder ‘data2’ then remove folder ‘dut_2’
MMEM:RDIR “USB:\dut2\data2”
MMEM:RDIR “USB:\dut_2”

Deleting files
Data and state files located on the instrument’s internal flash drive or on a USB
memory device (Figure 7-2) are deleted using the command:
MMEMory:DELete <“file”>
The file format is “[drive:path]<file_name>”. drive is either INT (internal flash
memory) or USB (external memory device). If the file deleted is not in the specified
current directory, path is an absolute folder path beginning with ‘\’ and starting at
the root folder. The file name must include the file extension. For example:
\\ delete data file data1.csv in USB folder dut_1
MMEM:DEL “USB:\dut_1\data1.csv”

270 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Formats and Data Flow 7

State files saved in state locations 0 - 4 can also be deleted with the commands:
MEMory:STATe:DELete {0|1|2|3|4} 
MEMory:STATe:DELete:ALL

//delete the contents of state location 2
MEM:STAT:DEL 2

//delete the contents of all numeric state locations 
MEM:STAT:DEL:ALL

Deleting folders and files from the front panel

Folders and Files are deleted using the front panel as follows:
1 After pressing the ‘Manage Files’ softkey, press the ‘Action’ softkey and select
‘Delete’. (The action should be selected first.)
2 Press the ‘Browse’ softkey and use the front panel knob to highlight the drive,
folder, or file, and then press ‘Select’. Press ‘Browse’ again to view (and select)
the contents within a folder.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 271

7 Formats and Data Flow

3 When folder or file appears in within the Path: or File: window, press ‘Perform
Delete’.

Deleting state files

Additionally, state files can be deleted as follows:

1 Press the ‘Store/Recall’ softkey to display the state menu.
2 Press ‘Delete State’ to open the File System window. All state files
(.sta extension) on the root drive and within directories are listed.
Use the front panel knob to highlight the desired file.
3 Press ‘Select’ to delete the file. Note, pressing ‘Select’ deletes the state file
immed iately.

272 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Formats and Data Flow 7

Copying and moving files

Files can be copied or moved within the drive or between drives.

MMEMory:COPY <“file1”>, <“file2”>
MMEMory:MOVE <“file1”>, <“file2”>
copies or moves (source) file1 to (destination) file2. The file format is
“[drive:path]<file_name>”. drive is either INT (internal flash memory) or
USB (external memory device). If the file copied or moved is not in the specified
current folder (MMEMory:CDIRectory), path in the source and destination drives
must be an absolute folder path beginning with ‘\’. File names must include the
extension.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 273

7 Formats and Data Flow

The destination folder in the copy or move command must currently exist. The
folder is not created during the copy or move.
The following examples show different locations to which files may be copied:
//copy file from folder to root of USB drive
MMEM:COPY "INT:\dut_1\state1.sta" , "USB:\"

//move file from folder to root of USB drive
MMEM:MOVE "INT:\dut_1\state1.sta" , "USB:\"

//copy file from INT folder to existing USB folder 
MMEM:COPY "INT:\dut_1\state1.sta" , "USB:\duts"

//copy file from folder to existing folder ‐ new file name
MMEM:COPY "INT:\dut_1\state1.sta" , "USB:\duts\s1.sta"

//rename file from state1.sta to state2.sta
MMEM:MOVE "INT:\dut_1\state1.sta" , "INT:\dut_1\state2.sta"

Copying files and folders from the front panel

With file action Copy selected as shown on the previous page, folders and files are
copied as follows:
1 Press the ‘Browse’ softkey and use the front panel knob to highlight the source
folder or file, and then press ‘Select’. (Press ‘Browse’ again to view the contents
within a folder.)
2 Press ‘Copy Path’ and highlight the destination drive or folder and then press
‘Select’. Press ‘Perform Copy’ to copy the folder or file.

Folder catalogs
A catalog of all sub-folders and files, or separate catalogs of data (.csv and .dat)
and state (.sta) files per folder can be obtained using the following commands.

274 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Formats and Data Flow 7

In addition to the list of files, the commands also provide the total amount of
memory used and the total amount of memory available (free) on the specified
drive.
MMEMory:CATalog[:ALL]? [<“folder”>] 
MMEMory:CATalog:DATA? [<“folder”>]
MMEMory:CATalog:STATe? [<“folder”>]
The folder parameter format is drive:path. drive is either INT (internal flash
memory) or USB (external memory device). path is an absolute path and folder
name beginning with \. If a folder is not specified, the contents of the specified
current folder (MMEMory:CDIRectory) or the contents of the drive’s root directory
are returned.
The format of the data returned is:
<total memory used>, <total memory free>, <“file listing”> 
“file listing” with quotes (““) included is further separated into:
“<file name>, <file type>, <file size>” 
Memory used, memory free, and file size are given in bytes. Examples of what the
individual CATalog commands might return for a folder on an external USB
memory device containing a sub-folder plus a .csv data file, a .dat data file, and a
state file are given as follows:
MMEMory:CATalog[:ALL]?
253657088,519798784,"data1.csv,ASC,12500","state1.sta,STAT,860","data2.
dat,BIN,1600","dut_a,FOLD,0"

MMEMory:CATalog:DATA?
253657088,519798784,"data1.csv,ASC,12500","data2.dat,BIN,1600"

MMEMory:CATalog:STATe?
253657088,519798784,"state1.sta,STAT,860"

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 275

7 Formats and Data Flow

THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

276 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Keysight 53220A/53230A 350 MHz Universal Frequency Counter/
Timer
User’s Guide

8 Instrument Status
Keysight 53220A/53230A Status System 279

This chapter covers the status registers used to monitor conditions within the
53220A/53230A counter.

277
8 Instrument Status

Figure 8-1 The 53220A/53230A status system.

278 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Instrument Status 8

Keysight 53220A/53230A Status System

This chapter provides an overview of the 53220A/53230A Status System. Refer to
the STATus subsystem and the IEEE-488 commands within the Programmer’s
Reference for bit definitions and additional information. The reference is located
on the 53210A/ 53220A/53230A Product Reference CD (p/n 53220-13601).

Questionable Data Register Group

The counter’s Questionable Data Register Group monitors the following
conditions and events within the counter:
– input voltage overload
– time interval, frequency, phase, totalize measurement hardware time out
– calibration data
– time base error
– lower-limit exceeded
– upper limit exceeded
– reading memory overflow

Condition Register
The Condition Register within the Questionable Data Register Group monitors
current conditions that may impact the integrity of the counter measurements.
The Condition Register is read with the command:
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?
Reading the register does not clear the bit(s) in the register. The bit is cleared
when the condition is removed.

Event Register
The Event Register within the Questionable Data Register Group also monitors
conditions that may impact the integrity of the counter measurements.
The Event Register is read with the command:
STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 279

8 Instrument Status

Unlike the Condition Register, the bits in the Event Register remain set following
the condition that occurred. The bits are cleared by reading the register.

Enable Register
The Enable register specifies which bits in the Event register can generate a
summary bit which is subsequently used to generate a service request.
Bits within the Event Register are enabled with the command:
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle <enable>
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle?  (query form)
– enable: decimal value corresponding to the binary-weighted sum of the bits
in the register. For example, to enable the bit monitoring possible time base
errors: STAT:QUES:ENAB 1024.

Standard Operation Register Group

The counter’s Standard Operation Register Group monitors operational conditions
within the counter. These include:
– calibration in progress
– battery operation
– battery charge status
– measurement in progress
– waiting for trigger
– internal reference oscillator in use
– remote interface lock and remote interface errors
– configuration change
– reading memory threshold reached

Condition Register
The Condition Register within the Standard Operation Register Group monitors
current conditions regarding the operational state of the instrument. The
Condition Register is read with the command:
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
Reading the register does not clear the bit(s) in the register. The bit is cleared
when the condition is removed.

280 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Instrument Status 8

Event Register
The Event Register within the Standard Operation Register Group also monitors
the instrument state. The Event Register is read with the command:
STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?
Unlike the Condition Register, the bits in the Event Register remain set following
the state that occurred. The bits are cleared by reading the register.

Enable Register
The Standard Operation Register Group Enable Register specifies which bits in the
Event register can generate a summary bit which is subsequently used to
generate a service request.
Bits within the (operational) event register are enabled with the command:
STATus:OPERation:ENABle <enable>
STATus:OPERation:ENABle?  (query form)
– enable: decimal value corresponding to the binary-weighted sum of the bits
in the register. For example, to enable the bit monitoring low (critical) battery
charge: STAT:OPER:ENAB 4.

Standard Event Register

The Standard Event Register monitors programming conditions including:
– operation complete
– query errors
– device errors
– execution errors
– command execution errors
– power-on state

Reading the Standard Event Register

The Standard Event Register is read with the command:
*ESR?
Reading the register does not clear the bits. The bits are cleared by sending *CLS.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 281

8 Instrument Status

Enabling the Standard Event Register

The Standard Event Enable register specifies which bits in the Standard Event
Status register can generate a summary bit which is subsequently used to
generate a service request.
Bits within the standard event register are enabled with the command:
*ESE <enable>
*ESE?  (query form)
– enable: decimal value corresponding to the binary-weighted sum of the bits
in the register. For example, to enable the bit monitoring command syntax
errors: *ESE 32.
*ESE? returns the weighted-sum of all enabled bits.

Status Byte Register

The Status Byte register contains the summary bits of the Questionable Data
Register Group, the Standard Operation Register Group, the Standard Event
Register, the counter error queue, and the output buffer (Figure 8-1).
The Master Summary RQS bit (Bit 6) is set (1) when any other bit in the Status
Byte register is set.

Reading the Status Byte Register

The Status Byte register is read with either of the following commands:
*STB?
SPOLL
Both commands return the decimal weighted sum of all set bits in the register.
The difference between the commands is that *STB? does not clear bit 6 (RQS).
The serial poll (SPOLL) does clear bit 6.
All bits in the Status Byte register (except bit 4) are cleared with the command:
*CLS
Bit 4 is cleared when data is read from the output buffer.

282 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Instrument Status 8

Service Request Enable Register

The Service Request Enable register specifies which (status group) summary bit(s)
will send a service request message to the computer.
The bits are specified with the command:
*SRE <enable>
*SRE?  (query form)
– enable: decimal value corresponding to the binary-weighted sum of the bits
in the register. For example, to enable the bit representing the Questionable
Data Register Group: *SRE 8.
Chapter 7 and Product Reference CD (p/n 53220-13601) contain examples using
the STATus subsystem.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 283

8 Instrument Status

THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

284 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 Keysight 53220A/53230A 350 MHz Universal Frequency Counter/
Timer
User’s Guide

A 53220A/53230A
Error Messages
Appendix A contains a description of the error messages associated with the
53220A/53230A counter.

285
A 53220A/53230A Error Messages

Table A-1 53220A/53230A error message descriptions.

Code Message Description
Command errors
‐100 Command Error Generic syntax error - a Command Error as has occurred.
An invalid character is present in the command’s header or in a
‐101 Invalid character
parameter.
An unrecognized (misspelled) command was received or separator
‐102 Syntax error
between parameters is missing.
An invalid separator (e.g. something other than a comma, space, or
‐103 Invalid separator
semicolon) was received.
The wrong data type (number, character, string, expression) was used
‐104 Data type error
when specifying a parameter.
More parameters were received than expected for the command
‐108 Parameter not allowed
header.
‐109 Missing parameter Command requires a parameter or parameters.
An error was detected in the command header but more specific
‐110 Command header error
information is not available.
An invalid separator follows the command header. A valid separator is
‐111 Header separator error
usually a (blank) space.
‐112 Program mnemonic too long The command header contains more than 12 characters.
The command header is syntactically correct, but undefined for the
‐113 Undefined header
instrument.
A numeric suffix included as part of the command header is out of range
‐114 Header suffix out of range
(e.g. ‘3’ when only ‘1’ or ‘2’ is valid.
A numeric data element was detected but more specific information is
‐120 Numeric data error
not available.
A character other than a number, comma, or decimal point is embedded
‐121 Invalid character in number
in the number specified.
‐123 Exponent too large  The magnitude of the exponent is greater than 32,000.
The mantissa (the positive fractional part of the number) contains more
‐124 Too many digits
than 255 digits.

286 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Error Messages A

Table A-1 53220A/53230A error message descriptions. (continued)

Code Message Description
A number was specified in the command header or in a parameter
‐128 Numeric data not allowed
where numeric data is not allowed.
An error was detected in the suffix (units) of a numeric parameter, but
‐130 Suffix error
more specific information is not available.
The parameter suffix is specified incorrectly
‐131 Invalid suffix
(e.g. 10 MZ rather than 10 MHZ).
‐134 Suffix too long A suffix contains more than 12 characters.
‐138 Suffix not allowed A suffix was specified for a numeric parameter when one is not allowed.
A character error was detected in the command header or in a
‐140 Character data error
parameter, but more specific information is not available.
Either an invalid character was received, or the character is not valid for
‐141 Invalid character data
the command header.
‐144 Character data too long The character data contains more than 12 characters.
A valid character was specified when another data type (numeric,
‐148 Character data not allowed
boolean) is required.
An error was encountered in the string specified, but more specific
‐150 String data error
information is not available.
‐151 Invalid string data A required string parameter was received but is invalid.
A valid string was specified when another data type (numeric, boolean)
‐158 String data not allowed
is required.
An error was encountered in the block data, but more specific
‐160 Block data error
information is not available.
The number of bytes in a definite length data block does not match the
‐161 Invalid block data
number of bytes indicated by the block header.
A block data element was encountered at an instance where it is not
‐168 Block data not allowed
allowed by the instrument.
An error was encountered in a parameter expression, but more specific
‐170 Expression error
information is not available.
‐171 Invalid expression The expression used to calculate a parameter value is invalid.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 287

A 53220A/53230A Error Messages

Table A-1 53220A/53230A error message descriptions. (continued)

Code Message Description
An expression was encountered at an instance where it is not allowed by
‐178 Expression data not allowed
the instrument.
Execution errors
A password-protected command or query could not be executed
‐203 Command Protected
because the command was disabled.
INITiate:IMMediate was received while the counter is currently
‐213 INIT ignored
initiated.
The statement appended to the ‘Settings conflict’ message describes
‐221 Settings conflict
the conflict and how it was resolved.
The parameter value received was outside the range for the given
‐222 Data out of range
command.
The block, element, or string parameter received is valid, but memory
‐223 Too much data
limitations prevent command execution.
‐224 Illegal Parameter Value An exact value from a list of choices was expected.
Internal buffers are full as data is taken at a faster rate than can be
Out of memory;
‐225 processed. Decreasing the reading rate (gate time) can prevent this
measurement data overrun error.
Attempting to retrieve data following a reset or change to the counter
‐230 Data corrupt or stale
configuration.
Most hardware errors are detected at instrument power-on. If a
‐240 Hardware error hardware error occurs, cycle power again. If the error remains, contact
Keysight.
The function specified requires optional channel 3. The channel is either
‐241 Hardware missing
missing or incorrectly installed.
An error occurred reading from, or writing to a file in internal flash
Mass storage error: memory or on a USB memory device. File space may have been
‐250
file read/write error exceeded or the USB device removed before the operation was
complete.
Internal flash memory or the USB device was not found during a file
‐252 Missing Media
operation.
Internal flash memory or the USB device has no memory space
‐254 Media full
available to create the folder or file, or to perform the file operation.
‐256 File or folder name not found The folder or file name specified in command does not exist.

288 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Error Messages A

Table A-1 53220A/53230A error message descriptions. (continued)

Code Message Description
File name error; The file or folder name contains an invalid character
‐257
invalid character in name (\ / : * ? “ < > |).

File name error; The combination of the directory path and file name is greater than 239
‐257
path too long characters.

File name error; The folder name specified in the memory operation is the name of an
‐257
not a folder name existing file.

File name error; The file name specified in the memory operation is the name of an
‐257
path is a folder name existing folder.

File name error; The name specified when creating a file or folder already exists in
‐257
file or folder already exists internal flash memory or on the USB device.
File name error;
‐257 The “..” convention cannot be used to indicate the parent folder.
relative path not allowed
File name error; The folder presently specified as the default/current folder
‐257
folder is default folder  (MMEMory:CDIRectory) cannot be deleted.

File name error;
‐257 The folder or file operation specified does not include a valid path name.
path name missing
File name error; The drive name is missing or is invalid in the path specified. Valid drive
‐257 drive name missing or  names are INT (internal flash memory) and USB (external USB memory
not recognized device).

File name error; The folder or file operation requested cannot be performed on a

‐257
access denied protected of system file.

File name error;
‐257 The file uploaded to the counter is greater than 1 GByte.
file too large
When deleting a folder from an I/O (remote) interface, the folder must
File name error;
‐257 be empty - no sub-folders or files. Un-empty folders CAN be deleted
folder not empty from the front panel.
File name error; Depending on the memory operation and file type, valid file extensions
‐257
unknown file extension are .csv, .dat, .sta, and .prf.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 289

A 53220A/53230A Error Messages

Table A-1 53220A/53230A error message descriptions. (continued)

Code Message Description
Device specific errors
At power-on, the firmware is unable to obtain information from the
System Error;
‐310 instrument’s non-volatile memory to complete initialization. Cycle
internal software error power again. Contact Keysight if the error remains.
For system errors related to erasing, reading, or writing calibration data,
System Error; verify that the instrument has the latest firmware revision installed.
‐310 failed to erase calibration  Firmware updates can be located beginning at the “Technical Support”
data in PIC EEProm tab at www.keysight.com/find/53220A or www.keysight.com/find/
53230A. If the error condition remains, contact Keysight.
For system errors related to erasing, reading, or writing system
System Error; information, verify that the instrument has the latest firmware revision
‐310 failed to erase system  installed. Firmware updates can be located beginning at the “Technical
information in PIC EEProm Support” tab at www.keysight.com/find/53220A or www.keysight.com/
find/53230A. If the error condition remains, contact Keysight.
I2C related errors if they occur, will occur most often during boot up
System Error; when power is cycled. If this type of error occurs cycle power again. If
‐310
I2C Comms Failure the error remains, contact Keysight with a complete description of the
error message.
Calibration memory lost; The instrument was unable to reference calibration data in non-volatile
‐313
memory corruption detected memory. Perform a recalibration.

Calibration memory lost;
The instrument’s calibration data has been erased following a
‐313 due to firmware revision  instrument firmware update. Recalibration of the instrument is required.
change
Save/recall memory lost; The instrument state saved by the *SAV? command in non-volatile
‐314
memory corruption detected (flash) memory has been lost.

Save/recall memory lost;
The instrument state saved by the *SAV? command in non-volatile
‐314 due to firmware revision  (flash) memory has been lost due to a firmware update.
change
Configuration memory lost; User-preference settings such as I/O settings, the reference oscillator
‐315
memory corruption detected setting, measurement time out setting,... have been lost.
Configuration memory lost; User-preference settings such as I/O settings, the reference oscillator
‐315 due to firmware revision  setting, measurement time out setting,... have been lost due to a
change firmware update.

290 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Error Messages A

Table A-1 53220A/53230A error message descriptions. (continued)

Code Message Description
‐330 Self‐test failed See the appended message for more information.
An error has occurred; however, the instrument error queue is full and
‐350  Error queue overflow
the error was not recorded.
Query errors
The counter received a command before it was finished responding to a
‐410 Query IINTERRUPTED
previous query.
The computer attempts to read a query response from the counter after
‐420 Query UNTERMINATED
having issued an incomplete query command.
The counter’s input and output buffers are full and the instrument
‐430 Query DEADLOCKED
cannot continue.
Query UNTERMINATED after  A query command was received in the same string after a query
‐440
indefinite response (e.g. *IDN?) requesting an indefinite length response.
Instrument errors
+100 Network Error A LAN network error has occurred or there is a possible hardware
failure. Run the instrument self-test to determine if a hardware failure
+110 LXI mDNS Error exists. If so, contact Keysight.
Not able to execute while 
+263 A command was received while a measurement is in progress
instrument is measuring
Not able to recall state: it  The state storage location (0-4) specified by the *RCL command is
+291
is empty empty
+292 State file size error Attempted to load a .sta (state) file that is too large.
The .sta (state) file specified does not contain vaild instrument state
+293 State file corrupt
information.
+294 Preference file size error Attempted to load a .prf (preference) file that is too large.
The .prf (preference) file specified does not contain vaild
+295 Preference file corrupt
user-preference setting information.
An input signal greater than or equal to +10 Vp is present on a channel.
Input termination protection  The input impedance is set to 1 MΩ Removing or reducing the signal
+301
relay opened below the damage level and pressing the flashing (channel) key or
sending INPut:PROTection:CLEar resets the protection relay.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 291

A 53220A/53230A Error Messages

Table A-1 53220A/53230A error message descriptions. (continued)

Code Message Description
Cannot reset input  The input signal present on the channel is greater than or equal to
+302 protection; high voltage  +10 Vp when a reset of the relay was attempted (key or using
present INPut:PROTection:CLEar).
Unable to make a carrier frequency measurement. For pulse widths
Channel 3 pulse width <13 μs, narrow pulse mode must be set using
+310
too short SENSe:FREQuency:BURSt:GATE:NARRow ON. If narrow pulse
mode is set, pulse widths must be >200 ns.
Unable to make a carrier frequency measurement. If narrow pulse mode
Channel 3 pulse width  is set, pulse widths must be <17 μs. For pulse widths >17 μs, disable
+311
too long narrow pulse mode using
SENSe:FREQuency:BURSt:GATE:NARRow ON.
The pulse width could not be measured due to no signal present, the
Channel 3 pulse width could 
+312 power level of the signal is too low or too high, or the signal is not a
not be measured
pulsed signal.
The carrier frequency could not be measured possibly due to a
Channel 3 burst frequency 
+313 frequency shift of the input signal. See additional errors accompanying
could not be measured
this message.
The input signal may contain pulses of varying widths. If using
automatic gate control (SENSe:FREQuency:BURSt:GATE:AUTO 
Channel 3 pulse ended before 
+314 ON), turn automatic control OFF and decrease the gate time manually
gate closed
using SENSe:FREQuency:BURSt:GATE:TIME until a reading is
obtained.
Channel 3 power too high  For continuous wave (CW) measurements signal power must be
+315
for operation ≤+19 dBm. For pulse measurements signal power must be ≤+13 dBm.

Channel 3 power too low  For continuous wave (CW) measurements signal power must be

+316
for operation ≥-27 dBm. For pulse measurements signal power must be ≥-13 dBm.

Channel 3 power changed  The measurement could not be completed due to a change (too low or
+317
during measurement too high) in input signal power.
Channel 3 input is not a 
+318 The measurement function selected requires/ expects a pulsed signal.
pulsed signal
Channel 3 frequency shift  The FM tolerance of the input signal frequency exceeded ±50% during
+319
detected during measurement the current measurement gate.

292 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Error Messages A

Table A-1 53220A/53230A error message descriptions. (continued)

Code Message Description
Input signal frequency shift  The FM tolerance of the input signal frequency exceeded ±50% during
+320
caused counter overflow the current measurement gate.
The time allotted for an individual measurement to complete was
exceeded. The default time out is 1 s. The time out is set from the front
+321 Measurement timeout occurred
panel under ‘Utility’ -> ‘Instr Setup’, or using the
SYSTem:TIMEout command:
A totalizing count (continuous or gated) exceeded the upper range of
+322 Measurement overflow occurred
1015 events.
Not allowed; Instrument  A lock (SYSTem:LOCK:REQuest?) was requested from another I/O
+514
locked by another I/O session interface.
Cannot use overload as math  An overload value (9.91E+37) cannot be used as a reference for the
+540
reference NULL, PCT, PPM, and PPB scaling functions.
Cannot use zero as math 
A zero (0) value cannot be used as a reference for the PCT, PPM, and
+541 reference for PCT, PPM, or 
PPB scaling functions.
PPB scaling functions
An external time base frequency other than 1, 5, or 10 MHz is applied to
the counter, or the external time base frequency is incorrectly specified
+580 No valid external timebase
by the SENse:ROSCillator:EXTernal:FREQuency
conmmand.
An error occurred during installation of the Option 150 (Pulse
+600 Internal licensing error Microwave Measurements) license. The license was not installed.
Contact Keysight.
The .lic file specified for installation contains corrupted data or is
+601 License file corrupt or empty empty. Recopy the Option 150 license file to the USB drive and repeat
the installation process.
No valid licenses found for  The Option 150 .lic (license) file could not be located among other
+602
this instrument .lic files on the USB drive.
The .lic (license) file could not be installed due to an incompatible
Some licenses could not be 
+603 model number or serial number, or no licenses found were applicable to
installed
the instrument.
When initiated from the instrument front panel to install the Option 150
+604 License not found
license, no .lic file was found.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 293

A 53220A/53230A Error Messages

Table A-1 53220A/53230A error message descriptions. (continued)

Code Message Description
Non‐volatile memory write  The user preferences (.prf) file is invalid and could not be stored in
+800
failure internal flash memory or on the USB memory device.
The instrument state file specified by the MMEMory:LOAD:STATe 
+810 State has not been stored
<“file”> contains an invalid instrument state and cannot be loaded.
Model and Serial Numbers not 
+820 restored

Following replacement of the P500 processor (controller) board or main

Controller and measurement  measurement board, the model number and/or serial number do not
+821 board model numbers do not  match or have not been re-stored. Re-store the model number and
match serial number as prompted from the front panel. Refer to the service
guide for additional information.
Controller and measurement 
+822 board serial numbers do not 
match
Calibration errors
Shorting the calibration secure jumper (CAL ENABLE) when turning
Calibration error;  ON the instrument will cause this error to occur indicating the security
+701
security defeated password has been overwritten. See “Resetting the Security Code to a
Null” in the service guide for details.
A calibration cannot be performed when calibration memory is secured.
See “To Unlock The Counter For Calibration” and “To Lock the Counter”
Calibration error;
+702 in Chapter 2 of the service guide for more information. Use the
calibration memory is secured CAL:SEC:STAT ON command to enter the security code using the
remote interface.
Calibration error;
+703 secure code provided was  The security code specified was invalid.
invalid
Calibration error;
+704 The security code specified is greater than 12 characters.
secure code too long
Calibration error;
+705 An in-progress calibration was aborted (stopped) by the user.
calibration aborted
Calibration error; A calibration value was entered that was outside the expected range of
+706
provided value out of range valid inputs.

294 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

 53220A/53230A Error Messages A

Table A-1 53220A/53230A error message descriptions. (continued)

Code Message Description
If this error occurs, cycle power and run the instrument self-test. Verify
Calibration error;
the calibration setup (instrument settings, connections) and recalibrate
+707 computed correction factor  the counter. Contact Keysight if there is a self-test failure or the unit
out of range fails to calibrate.
Calibration error; The message to be stored in calibration memory is greater than 40
+711
calibration string too long characters.

+712 Calibration failed A hardware failure occurred. Contact Keysight.

Channel 3 calibration signal 
+713 The calibration source signal is not connected to channel 3.
not detected
Channel 3 calibration signal  The power level of the calibration signal was outside the expected range
+714
power level error of the specified level.
Channel 3 calibration signal  The frequency of the calibration signal was outside the expect range of
+715
frequency error the specified value.
Channel 3 calibration signal  The Channel 3 calibration signal must be a continuous wave (CW) and
+716
is not CW not a pulsed signal.
Calibration at the specified power level did not complete within the ~
Channel 3 calibration 
+717 1.2 seconds allowed. Perform a self-test to verify operation of the
timeout occurred Channel 3 board and re-check the parameters of the input signal.
Auto‐calibration failed; 
+720 No signal should be present on the input channel during an auto-cal.
input signal detected
The instrument’s calibration data was lost due to a firmware update that
Calibration data lost: 
+742 may have made the current calibration data invalid, or due to a
corrections hardware failure. Recalibrate the instrument.
An error occurred as calibration data was being written to the counter’s
Calibration memory
+748 internal flash memory. Run the self-test to verify counter operation and
write failure
repeat the calibration procedure.
Following repair, calibration data was not restored as prompted from
+750 Calibration data not restored
the front panel.
Sel f-test errors
A failure occurred during the auto-calibration portion of the self-test.
Self‐Test failed: 
+901 Repeat the self-test. If the auto-calibration failure remains there is an
auto‐calibration failure
issue with the instrument hardware. Contact Keysight.

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 295

A 53220A/53230A Error Messages

Table A-1 53220A/53230A error message descriptions. (continued)

Code Message Description
Reset the instrument clock using the ‘Utility’ -> ‘System Setup’ ->
Self‐Test failed: 
+903 ‘Date/Time’ keys, or using the SYSTem:TIME or SYSTEM:DATE
real‐time clock setting lost
commands. Re-run the self-test.
Self‐Test failed: 
+904 main CPU error accessing boot 
environment
Self‐Test failed:
+905 Verify and if necessary, install the latest firmware update and re-run the
failed to read FPGA revision
self-test. If the failure occurs with the latest firmware revision installed,
Self‐Test failed:  contact Keysight.
+906 FPGA revision is less than 
expected
Self‐Test failed: 
+907
PIC communication failure
Self‐Test failed: 
+908
battery test failed
These self-tests perform a communication test to detect the presence
Self‐Test failed:  of the battery, GPIB, and Channel 3 options. Verify and if necessary,
+909
GPIB test failed install the latest firmware update and re-run the self-test. If the failure
occurs with the latest firmware revision installed, contact Keysight.
Self‐Test failed: 
+910
channel 3 test failed
Self‐Test failed: 
+911 front panel revision check  Verify and if necessary, install the latest firmware update and re-run the
failed self-test. If the failure occurs with the latest firmware revision installed,
Self‐Test failed:  contact Keysight.
+912
measurement board test failed

296 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

Index

Numerics system auto-level, 146 checking lower limits, 220

auto-level frequency checking upper limits, 220
53220A/53230A example, 147 clearing histogram data, 230,
programming, 48 automatic gate extension, 202 237
53230A burst automatic range setting, 229 clearing limit conditions, 221
measurements, 184 clearing statistical values, 218
B computer configuration, 61
A CONFigure and MEASure
bandwidth limiting, 139 commands, 89
absolute threshold level, 141 noise rejection, 149 CONFigure commands, 91
ac coupling, 137 battery level, 32 CONFigure?, 92
address string battery operation, 31 Connection Expert
GPIB, 63, 67 battery in use, 32 adding instruments to USB
addressing enabling and disabling the configuration, 62
changing the GPIB battery, 32 continuous totalizing, 180
address, 67 reading the battery level, 32 reading the current
IP addresses and host beeper, 40 count, 180
names, 61 block data transfers, 249 copying files, 273
advanced gate control byte order, 249 copying files from the front
external gate start signal boxcar filter, 206 panel, 274
polarity, 191 burst gate configuration counter accuracy, 30
external gate start signal example, 188 counter measurement
threshold, 192 burst measurements, 184 summary, 76
external gate stop signal burst pulse measurements, 124 coupling, 137
polarity, 199 carrier frequency, 125 example, 139, 207
external gate stop signal positive and negative coupling and threshold
threshold, 200 width, 129 levels, 144
gate start delay, 193 prf and pri, 127 creating data files, 261
gate start source, 189 creating folders, 259
gate stop and holdoff, 195 C creating state files, 262
gate stop holdoff, 196 cycling power, 30
gate stop source, 197 CALCulate1 subsystem, 205
advanced gating calibration security
gate start example, 193 disabling for firmware D
gate stop example, 201 updates, 69 data flow, 250
Allan Deviation, 217 carrier frequency data formats
example, 218 measurements, 125 ASCII, 249
applying power, 29 cataloging folders, 274 REAL, 249
ascii data formats, 248 changing counter settings after data scaling, 207
ASCII format CONFigure, 91 data smoothing, 206
reading length, 249 changing the GPIB address, 63, example, 207
auto level, 42 67 date and time
auto-level, 142 channel 3 signal strength, 152 setting, 40
frequency range, 146 channel characteristics, 132 dc coupling, 137
channel options, 132

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 297

decimation, 239 DATA external reference oscillator
deleting files, 270 LAST?, 255 example, 80
deleting folders, 270 REMove?, 254 external reference oscillator
digit group separator, 37 data scaling, 213 frequency, 80
digits of resolution, 170 deleting a folder, 270
disabling gate out, 183 duty cycle F
disabling the battery, 32 measurements, 113
display configuration, 35 FETCh?, 253 fall time measurements, 106
display modes, 223, 235 frequency file system, 257
display overview, 25 measurements, 94 files
downloading firmware frequency ratio copying, 274
updates, 70 measurements, 96 files and folders, 270
downloading the IVI-COM memory threshold, 256 firmware updates, 69
driver, 74 period measurements, 98 disabling calibration
driver updates, 69 phase measurements, 116 security, 69
duty cycle measurements, 112 pulse width disabling emulation
measurements, 110 mode, 70
E R?, 254 downloads, 70
READ?, 252 installation, 71
electrical operating rise and fall time update utility, 70
conditions, 28 measurements, 107 flash memory, 257
electrical requirements, 28 setting the auto-level folder names
emulation mode frequency, 147 entering from front
53100 series, 43 single-period panel, 260
disabling for firmware measurements, 118 folders
updates, 70 start gate configuration, 193 catalog of, 274
enabling, 220 stop gate configuration, 201 data and configuration
enabling histograms, 225 totalizing (continuous), 123 files, 259, 261
enabling limit checking, 220 totalizing (timed), 121 default, 260
enabling scale functions, 208 two-channel time deleting, 270
enabling statistical interval, 100, 104 state files, 262
functions, 215 using an external reference frequency measurements, 93
enabling the battery, 32 oscillator, 80 external gate signal
environment external gate signal polarity, 174
operating and storage, 27 polarity, 174, 178, 182 external gate signal
environmental operating external gate signal threshold, 175
conditions, 27 threshold, 175, 179 gating, 170
examples EXTernal gate source, 183 setting the gate time, 172
burst carrier frequency external gate start signal frequency ratio
measurement, 126 polarity, 191 measurements, 95
burst pulse positive and nega- external gate start signal front panel
tive widths, 129 threshold, 192 description, 251
burst pulse repetition external gate stop signal fields, 251
frequency, 128 polarity, 199 front panel display modes, 223,
burst pulse repetition external gate stop signal 235
interval, 128 threshold, 200 front panel keys
creating a data file, 262 external reference oscillator input channel
creating state files, 263 detecting the frequency, 80 configuration, 133

298 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

front panel overview, 23 67 strength, 152
interface configuration, 56 noise rejection, 149
G noise rejection example, 150

gain and offset, 211

H probe factor, 136
probe input
gap-free measurements, 83 help compatibility, 137
Gate Out BNC, 183 built-in, 34 probes, 134
gate signal polarity help language protection limits, 135
frequency Chinese, 39 pulse measurement
measurements, 174 French, 39 threshold, 147
time interval German, 39 pulse threshold
measurements, 182 Japanese, 39 example, 149
totalizing, 178 Korean, 39 range, 136
gate signal threshold histogram ranges signal path, 133
frequency automatically setting, 229 slope example, 151
measurements, 175 histograms, 222 threshold level and
totalizing, 179 bins, 226 sensitivity, 140
gate source, 168 clearing data, 237 threshold level example, 143
gate start displaying on the front threshold slope, 150
configuration example, 193 panel, 223, 235 voltage overload bit, 135
gate start delay, 193 enabling, 225 input slope example, 151
gate start source, 189 example, 230 instrument addressing
gate stop lower and upper ranges, 227 GPIB address string, 67
configuration example, 201 resetting, 230, 246 IP addresses and host
gate stop and stop holdoff, 195 setting minimum and maxi- names, 61
gate stop holdoff, 196 mum bin ranges, 228 USB address string, 63
gate stop source, 197 setting up, 226, 236 instrument help, 34
gate time viewing data, 236 instrument manuals, 27
frequency host name and IP address instrument overview, 26
measurements, 172 obtaining, 51 instrument states, 264
gating, 168 host names and IP addresses, 60 Interactive IO, 67
burst configuration, 188 hysteresis, 149 interactive IO, 67
burst gate example, 188 time interval errors, 150 internal flash memory, 257
frequency internet browser
measurements, 170 I configuration, 50
gate cycle, 157 IO
setting the gate source, 168 idle state, 160 adding GPIB instruments, 65
settings summary, 156 impedance, 134 adding LAN instruments, 57
time interval example, 135 IO interface
measurements, 181 initiating the counter, 165 adding instruments, 56
totalizing, 176 input IO libraries, 54
gating cycle, 157 auto-level, 142 IO software installation, 54
general programming channel characteristics, 132 IP address and host name
information, 48 coupling, 137 obtaining, 51
GPIB impedance, 134 IP addresses and host names, 60
adding instruments, 65 low-pass filter, 139 IVI drivers
address string, 67 measuring signal levels, 152 installation, 56
changing the address, 63, measuring signal IVI-COM

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 299

 driver updates, 69, 74 counter, 26 limiting, 149
math functions numeric format, 36
K enabling, 205 digit group separator, 37
limit checking, 219 radix, 36
Keysight Connection Expert M/x-B, 212
adding GPIB instruments, 65 scaling, 209 O
adding LAN instruments, 57 smoothing data, 206
adding USB instruments, 62 math operations operating and storage
interactive IO, 67 statistical functions, 214 environments, 27
locating LAN mean, 215 operating conditions, 28
instruments, 58 MEASure commands, 89, 91 operating environment, 27
Keysight IO Libraries measurement gate, 168 option 300
installation, 54 measurement mode battery, 31
auto, 83 output buffer
L continuous, 83 description, 252
reciprocal, 83 transferring readings to, 252
L4490A measurement time out, 41, 86 overview
using the web-enabled measurements display, 25
interface, 49 burst pulse, 124 front panel, 23
web interface home page, 49 duty cycle, 112 instrument, 26
L4491A frequency, 93 rear panel, 24
using the web-enabled frequency ratio, 95
interface, 49 period, 97 P
web interface home page, 49 phase, 115
LAN pulse width, 109 PC IO interfaces
adding instruments, 57 rise and fall time, 106 LAN, GPIB, USB, 56
interface configuration, 56 single-period, 117 period measurements, 97
limit checking, 219, 220 time interval, 102 phase measurements, 115
clearing limits, 221 time stamp, 99 positive and negative burst width
clearing the Questionable Data totalizing (continuous), 122 measurements, 129
register, 221 totalizing (timed), 119 power-on states, 267
example, 221 measuring low frequency signals, probe factor, 136
Questionable Data low-frequency signals., 144 probe input compatibility, 137
register, 219 memory probes, 134
setting lower and upper clearing, 246 input range, 136
limits, 220 effects of graphics protection relay, 135
locating instruments, 58 functions, 246 proxy server, 50, 61
low-pass filter, 139 internal flash, 257 pulse measurement
moving average filter, 206 threshold, 147
M moving files, 273 pulse repetition frequency
Mx-B, 209, 211 measurements, 127
M/x-B, 212 pulse repetition interval
managing folders and files, 270 measurements, 127
copying files, 273 N pulse threshold example, 149
deleting files, 270 NISPOM, 44 pulse width measurements, 109
moving files, 273 noise rejection, 149
manuals, 27 noise rejection example, 150
materials included with noise rejection from bandwidth

300 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

Q date and time, 40 236
measurement time out, 41, shipped with counter, 26
questionable condition register 86 signal conditioning
voltage overload bit, 135 time base, 41 settings summary, 133
Questionable Data register reference values signal conditioning path, 133
clearing, 221 example, 211 signal levels, 152
questionable event register scaling functions, 210 signal strength, 152
voltage overload bit, 135 relative threshold level, 143 single-period
removing folders, 270 measurements, 117
R resetting histograms, 230 slope
resetting limits, 221 threshold, 150
radix, 36 resolution slope example, 151
range, 136 and gate time, 170 smoothing data
range example, 136 digits, 170 example, 207
reading count resolution enhancement, 170 software installation
query, 255 RF signal strength, 152 IVI drivers, 56
statistical functions, 215 rise and fall time Keysight IO libraries, 54
reading decimation, 239 measurements, 106 standard deviation, 215, 218
reading formats, 248 standby power, 30, 82
reading memory, 251
creating data files, 261
S start gate
configuration example, 193
creating folders, 259 sample count, 164 start gate delay, 193
creating state files, 262 saving states from the front start gate source, 189
default folder, 260 panel, 264 statistical functions, 214
effects of graphics scale functions Allan Deviation, 217
functions, 246 assigning reading units, 212 average peak-to-peak
reading threshold, 255 enabling, 208 value, 216
transferring readings to output example, 213 average value, 216
buffer, 252 gain and offset, 211 clearing values, 218
reading the battery level, 32 M/x-b, 212 enabling, 215
reading the current count, 180 Mx-B, 209 example, 216, 217
reading transfer size, 249 NULL, 209 maximum value, 215
reading transfers PCT, 209 mean, 215
memory to output PPB, 209 minimum value, 215
buffer, 252 PPM, 209 reading count, 215
reading units, 212 reference value, 210 standard deviation, 215, 218
real data formats, 248 SCALe, 209 statistics
REAL format scaling data, 207 resetting, 246
reading length, 249 SCPI formats, 87 stop gate
rear panel overview, 24 screen capture, 38 configuration example, 201
reference oscillator screen control, 37 stop gate holdoff, 196
configuration, 78 securing the instrument stop gate source, 197
external frequencies, 80 NISPON, 44 storage and operating
standby power, 82 sensitivity, 140 environments, 27
using an external setting the gate source, 168 synchronization with other
reference, 78 setting the gate time instruments, 183
reference settings totalizing, 177 syntax conventions
auto level, 42 setting up histogram data, 226, SCPI, 87

Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide 301

system auto-level range, 146, threshold, 179 W
147 gating, 176
system trigger, 160 setting the gate time, 177 wait for trigger state, 165
count, 164 timed measurements, 119 Web-enabled instrument interface
delay, 163 transients, 28 and Interactive IO, 67
sample count, 164 trend charts Web-enabled interface
slope, 162 clearing, 246 browser configuration, 50
source, 161 reading decimation, 239 connecting to the
trigger cycle, 157 instrument, 49
T triggering getting started, 49
idle state, 160
threshold sample count, 164
reading memory, 255 settings summary, 156
threshold level, 140 system trigger, 160
absolute, 141 system trigger count, 164
auto-level, 142 system trigger delay, 163
example, 143 system trigger slope, 162
pulse measurements, 147 system trigger source, 161
relative, 143 trigger cycle, 157
with DC and AC
coupling, 144 U
threshold slope, 150
time and date updating firmware, 69
setting, 40 USB
time base, 41 adding instruments, 62
time interval address string, 63
errors due to hysteresis, 150 interface configuration, 56
external gate signal USB storage devices, 257
polarity, 182 user preferences
time interval storing and loading, 264
measurements, 102 user-assigned units, 212
duty cycle, 112 user-defined power-on
gating, 181 states, 267
phase, 115 using instrument help, 34
pulse width, 109 utility functions, 35
rise and fall time, 106 beeper setting, 40
single-channel, 105 display configuration, 35
single-period, 117 help language, 39
time out numeric format, 36
measurement, 41, 86 reference settings, 40
time stamp measurements, 99 screen capture, 38
totalizing screen control, 37
continuous, 180
continuous V
measurements, 122
external gate signal viewing histogram data, 236
polarity, 178 volatile memory, 251
external gate signal voltage overload bit, 135

302 Keysight 53220A/53230A User’s Guide

This information is subject to change
without notice. Always refer to the
Keysight website for the latest
revision.

© Keysight Technologies 2011–2020

Edition 3, April 30, 2020

Printed in Malaysia



53220-90001
www.keysight.com